Document:

Registration Rights Agreement date as of November 9, 2010

  
 Exhibit 4.1(b)

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER 
 NIELSEN FINANCE LLC 

NIELSEN FINANCE CO. 

  
 $330,000,000 7.75%
Senior Notes due 2018 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 

November 9, 2010 
 J.P.
Morgan Securities LLC 
 as Initial Purchaser 
 383 Madison Avenue 
 New York, NY 10179 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Nielsen Finance LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(“Nielsen LLC”) and Nielsen Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (“Nielsen Co.” and together with Nielsen LLC, the “Issuers”), propose to issue and sell to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (the “Initial
Purchaser”) $330,000,000 aggregate principal amount of their 7.75% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement among the Issuers, the Guarantors named therein and the Initial
Purchaser, dated October 29, 2010 (the “Purchase Agreement”), relating to the initial placement (the “Initial Placement”) of the Notes. As of the date hereof, the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes will
be guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) by each of the guarantors listed on Annex A-1 of the Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Guarantors”). References herein to the “Securities” refer to the Notes
and the Guarantees, collectively. To induce the Initial Purchaser to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Issuers and the Guarantors jointly and severally agree with you for your benefit
and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including the Initial Purchaser) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as follows: 

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase
Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
promulgated thereunder. 
 “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the
Act and the term “controlling” shall have a meaning correlative thereto. 

  
 2 

  

“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act. 

“Business Day” shall mean a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or day on which
commercial banking institutions or trust companies are authorized or required by law to close in New York City. 

“Closing Date” means November 9, 2010. 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Deferral Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations
of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean
the period of 180 days following the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Issuers and the
Guarantors on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include the Initial Purchaser) that is a
Broker-Dealer and elects to exchange for New Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer) for New
Securities. 
 “Final Memorandum” shall mean the final offering memorandum, dated October
29, 2010, relating to the Securities, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date. 
 “FINRA Rules” shall mean the Conduct Rules and the By-laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. 

“Guarantee” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

  
 3 

  

“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Holdings” shall mean The Nielsen Company B.V. 

“Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture, dated as of October 12, 2010, as supplemented by the
First Supplemental Indenture, dated November 9, 2010, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and Law Debenture Trust Company of New York, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Initial Purchaser” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof. 

“Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of
Securities and New Securities registered under a Registration Statement. 
 “Managing
Underwriter” shall mean the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers who administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement. 

“New Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Issuers and Guarantees by the Guarantors, in each
case identical in all material respects to the Securities (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or eliminated, as appropriate) to be issued under the New Securities Indenture. 

“New Securities Indenture” shall mean the Indenture or an indenture among the Issuers, the Guarantors
and the New Securities Trustee, identical in all material respects to the Indenture (except that (i) the New Securities shall contain no restrictive legend thereon, (ii) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest
was paid on such Notes or, if no such interest has been paid, from October 12, 2010 and (iii) which are entitled to the benefits of the Indenture or a trust indenture which is identical in all material respects to the Indenture (other than
such changes to the Indenture or any such identical trust indenture as are necessary to comply with the TIA) and which, in either case, has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), which may be the Indenture if in the terms thereof appropriate
provision is made for the New Securities. 
 “New Securities Trustee” shall mean the Trustee or
a bank or trust company reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchaser, as trustee with respect to the New Securities under the New Securities Indenture. 

  
 4 

  

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in any Registration Statement (including, without
limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement,
with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto, including any and all exhibits thereto and any information
incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in
the preamble hereto. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the
Issuers and the Guarantors to issue and deliver to the Holders of the Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of
the New Securities. 
 “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those
that have been registered under a Registration Statement and disposed of in accordance therewith and (ii) any New Securities the resale of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Act.

 “Registration Default Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof.

 “Registration Statement” shall mean any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf
Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments (in each case including
the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)(ii) hereof.

 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the
Issuers and the Guarantors pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate 

  
 5 

 
form under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments,
in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 

“Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 

“underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a
Shelf Registration Statement. 
 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall prepare and
use their reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission and cause to become effective the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best
efforts to cause the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed under the Act within 360 days after October 12, 2010. 
 (b)
Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to
exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder (i) is not an Affiliate of any of the Issuers, (ii) acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, (iii) has no arrangements with
any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities, (iv) is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer and (v) is not the Initial Purchaser holding Securities
that have the status of an unsold allotment remaining from the initial distribution of the Securities) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the Act and without material restrictions
under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. 
 (c) In connection with the
Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) mail or cause to be mailed to each
Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 

(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days (or longer if required by applicable law)
after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders; 

  
 6 

 (iii) use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement continuously effective under the Act, supplemented and amended as required under the Act, to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period;

 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of
Manhattan in New York City which may be the Trustee, the New Securities Trustee or an Affiliate of either of them; 
 (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 

(vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission
(A) stating that the Issuers and the Guarantors are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co.,
Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991) and (B) including a representation that the Issuers and the Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the
Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best of the Issuers’ information and belief, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the New Securities; and 
 (vii) comply in
all respects with all laws applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the
Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) accept for exchange all Securities
tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) hereof all Securities so accepted for exchange; and 
 (iii)
cause the New Securities Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 

(e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to
participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation 

  
 7 

 
(pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated
July 2, 1993 and similar no-action letters and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration
statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired by
such Holder directly from any Issuer or any Affiliate of any Issuer. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Issuers that, at the time of the consummation of the Registered
Exchange Offer: 
 (i) any New Securities received by such Holder shall be acquired in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (ii) such Holder shall have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution within the meaning of the Act of the Securities or the New Securities; 
 (iii) such Holder is not
an Affiliate of any Issuer or any Guarantor or, if it is an Affiliate of an Issuer, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable and will provide information to be included
in the Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 4 hereof in order to have their Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement and benefit from the provisions regarding Registration Default Damages in Section 8
hereof; and 
 (iv) if such Holder is an Exchanging Dealer, then such Holder will comply with the applicable
provisions of the Securities Act (including the prospectus delivery requirements thereunder). 
 (f) If the Initial Purchaser
determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of the Initial Purchaser, the Issuers and the Guarantors
shall issue and deliver to the Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from the Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like
principal amount of New Securities. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number and International Securities Identification Number
(“ISIN”) for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 3.
Shelf Registration. (a) If (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Issuers and the Guarantors determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted
to effect the Registered Exchange 

  
 8 

 
Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 360 days after October 12, 2010; (iii) the Initial
Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by them following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (iv) any Holder (other
than the Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer; or (v) in the case of the Initial Purchaser that participate in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f)
hereof, the Initial Purchaser does not receive freely tradeable New Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that the Initial Purchaser deliver a
Prospectus containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not
“freely tradeable;” and (y) the requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Issuers and the Guarantors shall file and use their reasonable best efforts to cause to become and keep
effective a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below. 
 (b)(i) The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall, if required by subsection (a) above, as promptly as practicable use their reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission and shall use their reasonable best efforts to cause to be declared effective under the Act within
360 days after October 12, 2010, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as applicable, by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution
elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than the Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration
Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by the Initial Purchaser in exchange
for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, the Issuers and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
containing the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended,
shall be referred to herein as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (ii) The
Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable
by Holders for a period from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until the earliest of: (A) October 12, 2012 or (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable,
covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have 

  
 9 

 
been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, the “Shelf Registration Period”). The Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their
reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if they voluntarily take any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such
Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise taken by the Issuers and the Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets and (y) permitted pursuant to Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. 

(iii) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and (B) not to contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading. 
 4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and, to the
extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply. 
 (a) The
Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) furnish to counsel for the Initial Purchaser and to counsel for the
Holders, not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement,
if any, to the Prospectus included therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission,
such comments as counsel to the Holders or counsel for the Initial Purchaser reasonably propose; 
 (ii) include
the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth details of the Exchange
Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer; 
 (iii) if requested by the Initial Purchaser, include the information required by
Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement; and 

  
 10 

  
 (iv)
in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling security holders. 

(b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that: 

(i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any amendment or
supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Act; and 
 (ii) any Registration Statement and
any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. 

(c) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall advise counsel for the Initial Purchaser, the Holders of Securities covered by
any Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Issuers or the Guarantors a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by
the Initial Purchaser or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Issuers
and the Guarantors shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
 (i) when a Registration Statement and
any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
 (ii) of any request by the Commission after the effective date for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; 

(iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
the institution of any proceeding for that purpose; 
 (iv) of the receipt by any Issuer or any Guarantor of any
notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution of any proceeding for such purpose; and 

  
 11 

  
 (v) of
the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 

(d) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order
suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction. 
 (e) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, at least one (1) copy of such Shelf Registration Statement
and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 

(f) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities
covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably
request. The Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or
any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (g) The Issuers and the
Guarantors shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one (1) conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, including all material incorporated by
reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
 (h) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to the Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration
Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendments or supplements thereto as any such person may reasonably request. The Issuers and the Guarantors consent to the use of
the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto by the Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other 

  
 12 

 
person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 (i) Prior to the
Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall arrange, if necessary, for the registration or qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale
under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall any Issuer or any Guarantor be obligated to qualify to do
business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant
to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or to subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal amount in respect of doing business in such jurisdiction. 

(j) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation
and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request in
writing at least three (3) Business Days prior to the closing date of any sales of New Securities. 

(k)(i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c) (ii) through (v) above, the
Issuers and the Guarantors shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related
Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the Initial Purchaser of the Securities included therein, the Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
provided for in Section 2 hereof shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) hereof to and including the date when the Initial Purchaser, the Holders
of the Securities and any known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section 4(k). 
 (ii) Upon the occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuers and

  
 13 

 
the Guarantors, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall give notice (without notice of
the nature or details of such events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice, each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(a)(i) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Issuers and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used, and
has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the
“Deferral Period”) (1) shall not exceed 60 consecutive days, (2) shall not occur more than three (3) times during any calendar year and (3) shall extend the number of days the Shelf Registration or any Prospectus
is available by an amount equal to the Deferral Period. Any Registration Default Damages payable pursuant to Section 8(a)(iii) shall cease to accrue during any Deferral Period. 

(l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall provide a CUSIP
number and ISIN for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with
The Depository Trust Company. 
 (m) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall comply in all material respects with
all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to their security holders earning statements satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act as soon as practicable after the effective date of the
applicable Registration Statement. 
 (n) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall cause the New Securities
Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act as required by applicable law in a timely manner. 
 (o)
The Issuers and the Guarantors may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Issuers and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such Securities
as the Issuers and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such Registration Statement. The Issuers and the Guarantors may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to
furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 
 (p) In the case of any Shelf
Registration Statement, upon the request of the Majority Holders, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall enter into customary agreements (including, if requested, one underwriting agreement in customary form) and

  
 14 

 
take all other appropriate actions, if any, as the Majority Holders shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in
connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof. 

(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall: 

(i) make reasonably available for inspection at a location where they are normally kept and during normal business hours
by the Majority Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holders or any such underwriter
all relevant financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Issuers, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries; 
 (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such
underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent (each, an “Inspector”) in connection with any such Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that such Inspector shall
first agree in writing with the Issuers and the Guarantors that any information that is reasonably and in good faith designated by the Issuers and the Guarantors in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept
confidential by such Inspector, unless (1) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (2) disclosure of such information is required by law
(including any disclosure requirements pursuant to federal securities laws in connection with the filing of such Registration Statement or the use of any Prospectus), (3) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as
a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such person or (4) such information becomes available to such Inspector from a source other than the Issuers or the Guarantors and such source is not known, after due inquiry,
by the relevant Holder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or is not otherwise under a duty of trust to the Issuers or the Guarantors; 
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to
underwriters in primary underwritten offerings; 

  
 15 

  
 (iv)
obtain opinions of counsel to the Issuers and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriter, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if
any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; 

(v) obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of Holdings
(and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of Holdings or of any business acquired by Holdings for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration
Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary
underwritten offerings; 
 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the
Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriter, if any, including those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Issuers or
the Guarantors; and 
 (vii) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf
Registration Statement and each underwriter, if any, participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made pursuant to the FINRA Rules 

(r) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Issuers (or to
such other person as directed by the Issuers) in exchange for the New Securities, the Issuers shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In no event
shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
 (s) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall use
their commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 

If any such Registration Statement refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Issuers, then such
Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a
recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future 

  
 16 

 
financial requirements of the Issuers, or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute then
in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder in any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement filed or prepared subsequent to the time that such reference ceases to be required. 

5. Registration Expenses. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of
their obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, shall reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Cahill
Gordon & Reindel LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case
of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, shall reimburse the Initial Purchaser for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith, in each case which counsel shall be approved by the Issuers (such approval not
to be unreasonably withheld). Each Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such
Holder’s Securities or New Securities. 
 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Issuers and the
Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Registration Statement, the Initial Purchaser and each Affiliate thereof and, with respect to any
Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers and Affiliates of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial
Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or
other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact contained in any Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made) not misleading, and agree (subject to the limitations set forth in the proviso to this sentence) to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with
investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is
based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made 

  
 17 

 
therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein. This
indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that the Issuers and the Guarantors may otherwise have. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall not be liable under this Section 6 to any indemnified party regarding any settlement or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are
actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the Issuers or the Guarantors, as applicable, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including the Initial Purchaser if it is a Holder, in such capacity)
severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers and the Guarantors and each of their respective directors, each of their respective officers who signs such Registration Statement and each person who controls any Issuer or
any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder
furnished to the Issuers and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may
otherwise have. 
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 of notice of the commencement of
any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the
indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or
(b) of this Section 6, except as provided in paragraph (d) below. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense
to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not
appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the
indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying
party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a

  
 18 

 
conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person), (ii) such action includes both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party
shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying
party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the
indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. It is understood and agreed that the indemnifying person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding
in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified persons. Any such separate firm for the Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and
officers and any control persons of the Initial Purchaser shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and any such separate firm for the Issuers or any of the Guarantors, and any control persons of the Issuers or any of the
Guarantors shall be designated in writing by such Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be. An indemnifying party shall not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any
judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or
action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding and does not include any statement as to, or any concession
of, fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 
 (d) In the event that the indemnity
provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in the respect of any aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively “Losses”) (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of
its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8, where such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), each indemnifying party, in
order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such
indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, however, that in no case shall the Initial Purchaser
be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in
the Purchase Agreement, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration

  
 19 

  
 Statement which resulted in such
Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason or not permitted by applicable law, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum.
Benefits received by the Initial Purchaser shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth in the Purchase Agreement, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of
receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus
forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission
to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission and any other equitable considerations appropriate in the circumstances. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if the amount of such contribution were determined by pro rata
allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph 6(d),
no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6(d),
each person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act and each director and officer of such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls any Issuer
within the meaning of either the Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of any Issuer who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of any Issuer shall have the same rights to contribution as the Issuers, subject in each case to
the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph 6(d). 
 (e) The provisions of this Section 6 shall remain in
full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the Issuers or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and shall survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a
Registration Statement. 
 7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the
case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters, if any, shall be selected by the Majority Holders, subject to the consent of the Issuers (which shall not be unreasonably
withheld), and the Holders of Securities or New Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts. 

  
 20 

  
 (b) No person may
participate in any underwritten offering pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any
underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably
required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 8. Registration Defaults. (a) If any of the following
events shall occur, then the Issuers and the Guarantors shall pay liquidated damages (the “Registration Default Damages”) to the Holders of Securities in respect of the Securities as follows: 

(i) if (a) neither (x) the Registered Exchange Offer is completed, nor (y) if required, the Shelf
Registration Statement is declared effective, within, in each case, 360 days after October 12, 2010, then Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum on the principal amount of such
Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period thereafter; provided that Registration Default Damages
in the aggregate under this Section 8 may not exceed 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of such Registrable Securities; or 
 (ii) notwithstanding that the Issuers and the Guarantors have consummated or will consummate a Registered Exchange Offer, if the Issuers and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration
Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 360th day following the date the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement is required or requested pursuant to Section 3(a), then Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the Registrable Securities
at a rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of such Registrable Securities for the first 90 days from and including such specified date and increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day
period thereafter; provided that Registration Default Damages in the aggregate under this Section 8 may not exceed 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of such Registrable Securities; or 

(iii) subject to the last sentence of Section 4(k)(ii) above, if the Shelf Registration
Statement required by Section 3(a) of this Agreement has been declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective at any time at which it is required to be effective under this Agreement and such failure to remain effective exists for more
than 30 consecutive days or more than 60 days (whether or not consecutive) during the period for which the Shelf Registration Statement is required, then commencing on the 31st day or 61st day, as applicable, following the date on which such Shelf Registration

  
 21 

 
Statement ceases to be effective, Registration Default Damages shall accrue on the Registrable Securities at a rate of 0.25% per annum of the principal amount of such Registrable Securities
for the first 90 days from and including such 31st day or
61st day, as applicable, following the date on which such
Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective and increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum at the beginning of each subsequent 90-day period thereafter; provided that Registration Default Damages in the aggregate under this
Section 8 may not exceed 1.0% per annum of the principal amount of such Registrable Securities; 
 provided, however,
that upon (1) the completion of the Exchange Offer (in the case of paragraph (i) above), (2) the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement (in the case of paragraph (ii) above) and (3) the effectiveness of the Shelf
Registration Statement which had ceased to remain effective (in the case of paragraph (iii) above), Registration Default Damages shall cease to accrue. 
 (b) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall notify the Trustee within one Business Day after each and every date on which an event occurs in respect of which Registration Default Damages are required to be
paid and within one Business Day after such Registration Default Damages cease to accrue. Any amounts of Registration Default Damages due pursuant to Section 8(a) will be payable in cash on each interest payment date specified by the Indenture
to the record holder entitled to receive the interest payment to be made on such date, commencing with the first such date occurring after any such Registration Default Damages commences to accrue. 

(c) The parties hereto agree that the liquidated damages in the form of Registration Default Damages provided for in this Section 8
constitute a reasonable estimate of and are intended to constitute the sole damages payable under this Agreement that will be suffered by Holders of Securities by reason of the failure of (i) the Registered Exchange Offer to be completed; or
(ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required hereby, to be declared effective, in each case to the extent required by this Agreement. 
 9. No Inconsistent Agreements. No Issuer or Guarantor has entered into, and each Issuer and the Guarantors agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is
inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
 10.
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers have obtained the written
consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities outstanding; provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights and obligations of the Initial
Purchaser hereunder, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall obtain the written consent of the Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be effective; provided, further, that no
amendment, 

  
 22 

 
qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder;
and provided, further, that the provisions of this Article 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Issuers and the
Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchaser and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof with respect to a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose
Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of
Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement. 
 11.
Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 

(a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar (as such term is defined in the Indenture) under the Indenture; 

(b) if to the Initial Purchaser, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and

 (c) if to any Issuer or Guarantor, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 

All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received. 

The Initial Purchaser or the Issuers by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to
it herein, in the Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Issuers and the Guarantors agree that
monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be
adequate. 
 13. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties
hereto, their respective successors and assigns, including, 

  
 23 

 
without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Issuers thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in
Section 6 hereof. The Issuers and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an
original party hereto. 
 14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts which may be
delivered in original form or by telecopier, each of which when so executed shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 15. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 16. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York.
The parties hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement. 
 17. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for
any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges
of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
 18. Securities Held by any Issuer, etc.
Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by any Issuer or their Affiliates (other than
subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval
was given by the Holders of such required percentage. 
 [Signature pages follow.] 

  
 24 

  
 If the foregoing is in
accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement by and among the Issuers and the Guarantors and the
Initial Purchaser. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	NIELSEN FINANCE LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Secretary
	
	NIELSEN FINANCE CO.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Secretary

  

					
		 		 	A. C. NIELSEN (ARGENTINA) S.A.
		 		 	A. C. NIELSEN COMPANY, LLC
		 		 	ACN HOLDINGS INC.
		 		 	ACNIELSEN CORPORATION
		 		 	ACNIELSEN ERATINGS.COM
		 		 	ART HOLDING, L.L.C.
		 		 	ATHENIAN LEASING CORPORATION
		 		 	CZT/ACN TRADEMARKS, L.L.C.
		 		 	FOREMOST EXHIBITS, INC.
		 		 	NETRATINGS, LLC
		 		 	NIELSEN BUSINESS MEDIA, INC.
		 		 	NIELSEN BUSINESS MEDIA HOLDING COMPANY
		 		 	NIELSEN MOBILE, LLC
		 		 	NIELSEN NATIONAL RESEARCH GROUP, INC.
		 		 	NMR INVESTING I, INC.
		 		 	THE CAMBRIDGE GROUP, INC.
		 		 	THE NIELSEN COMPANY (US), LLC
		 		 	TNC (US) HOLDINGS, INC.
		 		 	VNU MARKETING INFORMATION, INC.

  

					
			
		 	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 		 	Title: Vice President

  
 
			
	 NMR LICENSING ASSOCIATES, L.P.
 A LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
  
 BY:
NMR INVESTING I, INC., ITS GENERAL PARTNER

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Executive Vice President

  
 
					
	AGB NIELSEN MEDIA RESEARCH B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Proxyholder for the Guarantors
	
	NIELSEN HOLDING AND FINANCE B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Proxyholder for the Guarantors
	
	THE NIELSEN COMPANY B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Proxyholder for the Guarantors
	
	VNU INTERMEDIATE HOLDING B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Proxyholder for the Guarantors
	
	VNU INTERNATIONAL B.V.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Harris A. Black

		 	Name: Harris A. Black
		 	Title: Proxyholder for the Guarantors

  

			
	 The foregoing Agreement is hereby
 confirmed and accepted as of the
 date first above written:

 
 J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC,
 as Initial Purchaser

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Jessica Kearns

		 	Name: Jessica Kearns
		 	Title: Managing Director

  
 ANNEX A

 Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that
it shall deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a Prospectus, a broker-dealer shall not be deemed to admit that it is an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where
such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer,
they shall make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.” 

  
 A-1

  
 ANNEX B

 Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, where such Securities
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it shall deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. See “Plan of Distribution.”

  
 B-1

  
 ANNEX C

 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
 Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New
Securities. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, they will make this Prospectus, as amended or supplemented,
available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until                 , 201    , all dealers effecting
transactions in the New Securities may be required to deliver a Prospectus. 
 The Issuers and the Guarantors will not receive
any proceeds from any sale of New Securities by brokers-dealers. New Securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the
over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market
prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such
New Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells New Securities that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such New Securities may be deemed to
be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act and any profit of any such resale of New Securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter
of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a Prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act. 

For a period of 180 days after the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Issuers will promptly send additional copies of
this Prospectus and any amendments or supplements to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The Issuers and the Guarantors have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Registered Exchange
Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Act. 

  
 C-1

  
 [If applicable, add
information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508.] 

  
 C-2

  
 ANNEX D

 LANGUAGE TO BE INCLUDED IN LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL 

 

	1.	PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR
SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 

  

							
	Name:	 	  
	  		  	
	Address:	 	  
	  		  	
		 	  
	  		  	

  

	2.	If the undersigned is not a Broker-Dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in,
and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a Broker-Dealer that will receive New
Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it represents that the Securities to be exchanged for New Securities were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it shall
deliver a Prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a Prospectus, the undersigned shall not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Act.

  
 D-1Indenture

  
 Exhibit 4.1

 EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
 HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP.

 and 

HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC, 
 as Issuers 
 the GUARANTORS named herein 

$574,016,000 9.0% SECOND-PRIORITY SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2020 

 
  

INDENTURE 
 Dated
as of November 5, 2010 
  
  

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, 
 as Trustee 
  
  

 

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE 1	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	SECTION 1.01.	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	SECTION 1.02.	  	Other Definitions	  	 	36	  
	SECTION 1.03.	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	38	  
	SECTION 1.04.	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	38	  
	
	ARTICLE 2	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	SECTION 2.01.	  	Amount of Notes	  	 	39	  
	SECTION 2.02.	  	Form and Dating	  	 	40	  
	SECTION 2.03.	  	Execution and Authentication	  	 	40	  
	SECTION 2.04.	  	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	41	  
	SECTION 2.05.	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	42	  
	SECTION 2.06.	  	Holder Lists	  	 	42	  
	SECTION 2.07.	  	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	42	  
	SECTION 2.08.	  	Replacement Notes	  	 	43	  
	SECTION 2.09.	  	Outstanding Notes	  	 	43	  
	SECTION 2.10.	  	Temporary Notes	  	 	44	  
	SECTION 2.11.	  	Cancellation	  	 	44	  
	SECTION 2.12.	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	44	  
	SECTION 2.13.	  	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc	  	 	44	  
	SECTION 2.14.	  	Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes	  	 	44	  
	
	ARTICLE 3	  
	
	REDEMPTION	  
			
	SECTION 3.01.	  	Redemption	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 3.02.	  	Applicability of Article	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 3.03.	  	Notices to Trustee	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 3.04.	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	 	45	  
	SECTION 3.05.	  	Notice of Optional Redemption	  	 	46	  
	SECTION 3.06.	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	46	  
	SECTION 3.07.	  	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 3.08.	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	 	47	  
	SECTION 3.09.	  	Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes	  	 	47	  

  
 -i-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 4	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	SECTION 4.01.	  	Payment of Notes	  	 	48	  
	SECTION 4.02.	  	Reports and Other Information	  	 	49	  
	SECTION 4.03.	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	 	50	  
	SECTION 4.04.	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	56	  
	SECTION 4.05.	  	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	 	65	  
	SECTION 4.06.	  	Asset Sales	  	 	67	  
	SECTION 4.07.	  	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	70	  
	SECTION 4.08.	  	Change of Control	  	 	72	  
	SECTION 4.09.	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 4.10.	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 4.11.	  	Future Guarantors	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 4.12.	  	Liens	  	 	74	  
	SECTION 4.13.	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 4.14.	  	Impairment of Security Interest	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 4.15.	  	After-Acquired Property	  	 	76	  
	SECTION 4.16.	  	Limitation on Indenture Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	77	  
	SECTION 4.17.	  	Limitation on Issuers	  	 	77	  
	
	ARTICLE 5	  
	
	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS	  
			
	SECTION 5.01.	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	  	 	77	  
	
	ARTICLE 6	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	SECTION 6.01.	  	Events of Default	  	 	80	  
	SECTION 6.02.	  	Acceleration	  	 	82	  
	SECTION 6.03.	  	Other Remedies	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.04.	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.05.	  	Control by Majority	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.06.	  	Limitation on Suits	  	 	83	  
	SECTION 6.07.	  	Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 6.08.	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	84	  

  
 -ii-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	SECTION 6.09.	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 6.10.	  	Priorities	  	 	84	  
	SECTION 6.11.	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	85	  
	SECTION 6.12.	  	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE 7	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	SECTION 7.01.	  	Duties of Trustee	  	 	85	  
	SECTION 7.02.	  	Rights of Trustee	  	 	86	  
	SECTION 7.03.	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 7.04.	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	87	  
	SECTION 7.05.	  	Notice of Defaults	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 7.06.	  	Reports by Trustee to the Holders	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 7.07.	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	88	  
	SECTION 7.08.	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	89	  
	SECTION 7.09.	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 7.10.	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 7.11.	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers	  	 	90	  
	
	ARTICLE 8	  
	
	DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE	  
			
	SECTION 8.01.	  	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	 	90	  
	SECTION 8.02.	  	Conditions to Defeasance	  	 	92	  
	SECTION 8.03.	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 8.04.	  	Repayment to the Issuers	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 8.05.	  	Indemnity for Government Obligations	  	 	93	  
	SECTION 8.06.	  	Reinstatement	  	 	93	  
	
	ARTICLE 9	  
	
	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS	  
			
	SECTION 9.01.	  	Without Consent of the Holders	  	 	94	  
	SECTION 9.02.	  	With Consent of the Holders	  	 	95	  
	SECTION 9.03.	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 9.04.	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	 	96	  
	SECTION 9.05.	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	97	  

  
 -iii-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	SECTION 9.06.	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 9.07.	  	Payment for Consent	  	 	97	  
	SECTION 9.08.	  	Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount	  	 	97	  
	
	ARTICLE 10	  
	
	GUARANTEES	  
			
	SECTION 10.01.	  	Guarantees	  	 	98	  
	SECTION 10.02.	  	Limitation on Liability	  	 	100	  
	SECTION 10.03.	  	Successors and Assigns	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 10.04.	  	No Waiver	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 10.05.	  	Modification	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 10.06.	  	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors	  	 	101	  
	
	ARTICLE 11	  
	
	SECURITY DOCUMENTS	  
			
	SECTION 11.01.	  	Collateral and Security Documents	  	 	101	  
	SECTION 11.02.	  	Recordings and Opinions	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 11.03.	  	Release of Collateral	  	 	103	  
	SECTION 11.04.	  	Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements	  	 	105	  
	SECTION 11.05.	  	Certificates of the Trustee	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 11.06.	  	Suits To Protect the Collateral	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 11.07.	  	Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 11.08.	  	Purchaser Protected	  	 	106	  
	SECTION 11.09.	  	Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee	  	 	107	  
	SECTION 11.10.	  	Release Upon Termination of the Issuers’ Obligations	  	 	107	  
	SECTION 11.11.	  	Collateral Agent	  	 	107	  
	SECTION 11.12.	  	Designations	  	 	108	  

  
 -iv-

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(continued) 
  

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
	
	ARTICLE 12	  
	
	[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]	  
	
	ARTICLE 13	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	SECTION 13.01.	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	108	  
	SECTION 13.02.	  	Notices	  	 	108	  
	SECTION 13.03.	  	Communication by the Holders with Other Holders	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 13.04.	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 13.05.	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	109	  
	SECTION 13.06.	  	When Notes Disregarded	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.07.	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.08.	  	Legal Holidays	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.09.	  	GOVERNING LAW	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.10.	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.11.	  	Successors	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.12.	  	Multiple Originals	  	 	110	  
	SECTION 13.13.	  	Table of Contents; Headings	  	 	111	  
	SECTION 13.14.	  	Indenture Controls	  	 	111	  
	SECTION 13.15.	  	Severability	  	 	111	  
	SECTION 13.16.	  	Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions	  	 	111	  
	SECTION 13.17.	  	Appointment of Service of Process Agent by Canadian Issuer; Waivers	  	 	113	  

  
 -v-

  
 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

  

					
	 TIA
 Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310
	 	(a)(1)	  	7.10
		 	(a)(2)	  	7.10
		 	(a)(3)	  	N.A.
		 	(a)(4)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)	  	7.08; 7.10
		 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 311
	 	(a)	  	7.11
		 	(b)	  	7.11
		 	(c)	  	N.A.
	 312
	 	(a)	  	2.06
		 	(b)	  	13.03
		 	(c)	  	13.03
	 313
	 	(a)	  	7.06
		 	(b)(1)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)(2)	  	7.06
		 	(c)	  	7.06
		 	(d)	  	7.06
	 314
	 	(a)	  	4.02; 4.09
		 	(b)	  	N.A.
		 	(c)(1)	  	13.04
		 	(c)(2)	  	13.04
		 	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		 	(d)	  	N.A.
		 	(e)	  	11.05
		 	(f)	  	4.10
	 315
	 	(a)	  	7.01
		 	(b)	  	7.05
		 	(c)	  	7.01
		 	(d)	  	7.01
		 	(e)	  	6.11
	 316
	 	(a) (last sentence)	  	13.06
		 	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.05
		 	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.04
		 	(a)(2)	  	N.A.
		 	(b)	  	6.07
	 317
	 	(a)(1)	  	6.08
		 	(a)(2)	  	6.09
		 	(b)	  	2.05
	 318
	 	(a)	  	13.01

  

N.A. Means Not Applicable. 
 Note: This
Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 vi 

  

INDENTURE dated as of November 5, 2010 among Hexion U.S. Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, Hexion Nova Scotia
Finance, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (each, an “Issuer”, and collectively, the “Issuers”), Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc., a New Jersey corporation, the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined herein) and
Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other
parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE 1

 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person, 

in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support
utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by such Person, or such asset was acquired by such Person, as applicable.

 “Additional Notes” means the 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued under the terms of this
Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date. 
 “Adjusted EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Taxes; plus 
 (2) Consolidated Interest Expense;
provided, however, such amount will be included in Adjusted EBITDA notwithstanding that such amount was not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus 

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus 

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor or its
predecessor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period; provided, however, that such amount shall 

 
not exceed in any four-quarter period commencing after September 30, 2006 the amount determined in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 4.07(b); plus 

(5) plant closure and severance costs and charges; plus 

(6) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments; plus 

(7) non-operating expenses; plus 

(8) restructuring expenses and charges; plus 

(9) the cost (or amortization of prior service cost) of subsidizing coverage for persons affected by amendments to
medical benefit plans implemented prior to the Issue Date; provided, however, such amount will be included in Adjusted EBITDA notwithstanding that such amount was not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; 

less, without duplication, 
 (10) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for,
anticipated cash charges in any prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period, including the amortization of employee benefit plan prior service costs); minus 

(11) non-operating income. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes
of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of: 

(1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note; and 

(2) the excess of: 
 (A) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of (i) the redemption price of such Note at November 15, 2015 (such redemption price being set forth in paragraph 5 of such Note)
plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through November 15, 2015 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), such present value to be computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus
50 basis points; over 

  
 2 

  
 (B)
the then outstanding principal amount of such Note. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions) of assets (including by way of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings other than in the ordinary course of business (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or

 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to Holdings or another
Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings other than directors’ or other legally required qualifying shares) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (a) a disposition of Cash Equivalents
or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (b) disposition of obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment or disposals of
equipment in connection with reinvestment in or replacement of equipment, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (c) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 

(d) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04;

 (e) any disposition of assets of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity
Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, which disposition or issuance has an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $12.5 million; 
 (f) any disposition of assets to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, including by way of merger; 
 (g) any exchange of assets for assets related to a Similar Business to the extent of comparable or better market value, as determined in good faith by Holdings; 

(h) any disposition of assets received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

 (i) any disposition of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted
Subsidiary; 

  
 3 

  
 (j)
any disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business; 
 (k) the lease, assignment or sublease of any
real or personal property in the ordinary course of business; 
 (l) any disposition of accounts receivable and
related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions; 

(m) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables
Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (n) any agreement or arrangement involving, relating to or otherwise facilitating, (i) requirements contracts, (ii) tolling arrangements or (iii) the reservation or presale of production
capacity of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by one or more third parties; 
 (o) sales or grants
of licenses or sublicenses to use Holdings’ or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries patents, trade secrets, know-how and technology to the extent that such license does not prohibit the licensor from using the patent, trade secret, know-how or
technology; and 
 (p) any Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiaries
receives with respect to such transaction aggregate consideration of less than $15 million. 
 “Bank
Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of any Credit Agreement or the other Senior Credit Documents as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise
modified from time to time (including after termination of the Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to
Holdings whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 

“Board of Directors” means as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such
Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
 “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday. 

“Canadian Issuer” means Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company, and any successor in
interest thereto. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 

  
 4 

  
 (1) in
the case of a corporation, corporate stock; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all
shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3)
in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in
respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 

“Cash Contribution Amount” means the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of Holdings described in the
definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.” 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case
of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of, or any agency or instrumentality thereof, the United States of America, Australia, Great Britain, Canada, the
Netherlands or any other member state of the European Union, in each case with maturities not exceeding two years after the date of acquisition; 
 (3) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary, or any agency or instrumentality
thereof, in each case with maturities not exceeding 270 days after the date of acquisition and held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date
of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits and demand deposits (in their respective local currencies), in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus
in excess of $500 million or the foreign currency equivalent thereof and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States,
reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating agency); 

  
 5 

  
 (5)
repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (4) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above; 

(6) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “A-1” or the
equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating agency) and in each case maturing within one year
after the date of acquisition; 
 (7) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United
States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 

(8) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or
higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or, in the case of an obligor domiciled outside of the United States, reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized credit rating agency) in each case with
maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (9) investment funds investing at least 95%
of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above; and 
 (10)
instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (8) above denominated in euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and commonly used by corporations for cash
management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction. 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(1) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; or 
 (2)
Holdings becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any
of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings; or 

  
 6 

  
 (3)
individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of Directors of Holdings (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors of Holdings or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of Holdings was approved by
(a) a vote of a majority of the directors of Holdings then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved or (b) the Permitted Holders) cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings then in office. 
 “Code” means the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Collateral” means all the collateral described in the Security Documents.

 “Collateral Agent” means the Trustee in its capacity as “Collateral Agent” hereunder and under the
Security Documents and any successor thereto in such capacity. 
 “Collateral Agreement Joinder” means the Joinder and
Supplement to the Collateral Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2010, among Holdings, the Subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent. 
 “consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in
an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be accounted for as an Investment. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with
respect to any Person (the “Specified Person”) for any period, the sum, without duplication, of: 

(1) consolidated interest expense of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent
such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging
Obligations and excluding amortization of deferred financing fees and expensing of any bridge or other financing fees); 
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; 

(3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred for such period in connection with any Receivables
Financing of the Specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which are payable to Persons other than Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (4) dividends accrued for such period in respect of all Disqualified Stock of the Specified Person and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock (including Designated Preferred Stock) of
any such Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case held by Persons other than Holdings or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (in each such case other than (x) dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings and
(y) dividends that are payable only at such time as there are no Notes outstanding); and 

  
 7 

  
 (5)
interest accruing for such period on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the extent such Indebtedness is guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the Specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

less 
 (6) interest income of the Specified Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis;
provided, however, that: 
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary nonrecurring or unusual gains or
losses or income , expenses or charges (less all fees and expenses relating thereto), including any severance expenses, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses, fees, expenses or
charges relating to new product lines, plant shutdown costs and acquisition integration cost and fees, expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition or Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture
(in each case, whether or not successful), including any such fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments related to the Recapitalization or otherwise, in each case, shall be excluded; 

(2) any increase in amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges (such as purchased in-process research
and development or capitalized manufacturing profit in inventory) resulting from purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition that is consummated after the Issue Date shall be excluded; 

(3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during
such period; 
 (4) any net after-tax income or loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or
losses on disposal of discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net after-tax gains or losses or any
subsequent charges or expenses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto), attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings) shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses
attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be excluded; 
 (7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period; 

  
 8 

  
 (8)
solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the
declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or
indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with
respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived; provided, however, that (without duplication) the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other
distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person, to the extent not already included therein; 

(9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or
any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included, to the extent not otherwise deducted, as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such
period; 
 (10) any impairment charges or asset write-offs and amortization or intangibles in each case arising
pursuant to the application of GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (11) any non-cash compensation expense realized from
any deferred stock compensation plan or grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be excluded;

 (12) solely for purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA, (a) the Net Income of any Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of
dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash
and received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included; 
 (13)
(a)(i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included and
(b) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 shall be excluded; 

(14) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be
established in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded; 

  
 9 

  
 (15)
non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded; 
 (16) any (a) severance
or relocation costs or expenses, (b) one-time non-cash compensation charges, (c) the costs and expenses after the Issue Date related to employment of terminated employees, (d) costs or expenses realized in connection with, resulting
from or in anticipation of the Recapitalization or (e) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights existing on the Issue Date of officers, directors and
employees, in each case of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded; and 
 (17) any
currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from hedging transactions for currency exchange risk, shall be excluded. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any
dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted
Payments permitted under Sections 4.04(a)(3)(D) and (E). 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect
to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise
determined in accordance with GAAP, but excluding any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period. 

“Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness
of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination that constitutes First-Priority Lien Obligations to (b) the aggregate amount of Adjusted EBITDA for the then most recent four fiscal quarters for which internal financial
statements of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries are available in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Adjusted EBITDA as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the
definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio; provided, however, that solely for purposes of the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio, in connection with the incurrence of any Lien pursuant to clause (8) of the
definition of “Permitted Liens,” Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries may elect, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness (including any
Bank Indebtedness) which is to be secured by such Lien as being Incurred at such time and any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent
time. 
 “Consolidated Taxes” means provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including state,
franchise and similar taxes and any Tax Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income. 

  
 10 

  
 “Consolidated
Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum (without duplication) of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any undrawn
letters of credit) consisting of Capitalized Lease Obligations, bankers’ acceptances, Indebtedness for borrowed money and Indebtedness in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services, plus (2) the aggregate amount of all
outstanding Disqualified Stock of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective
voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences minus (3) the aggregate amount of all Unrestricted Cash on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination, in each case determined on
a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any
obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or
indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to
purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2)
to advance or supply funds: 
 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or
solvency of the primary obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the
purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Contribution Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that is a Guarantor in an aggregate principal amount not greater than twice the aggregate amount
of cash contributions (other than Excluded Contributions) made to the capital of Holdings by any stockholder of Holdings (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) after the Issue Date; provided, however, that: 

(1) if the aggregate principal amount of such Contribution Indebtedness is greater than one times such cash contributions
to the capital of Holdings, the amount in excess shall be Indebtedness (other than Secured Indebtedness) with a Stated Maturity later than the Stated Maturity of any Note then outstanding; 

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is Incurred within 180 days after the making of such cash contributions
and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the Incurrence date thereof; and 

  
 11 

  
 (3)
such cash contribution is not and has not been included in the calculation of permitted Restricted Payments under Section 4.04. 
 “Credit Agreement” means (i) the amended and restated credit agreement among Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of Holdings, the financial institutions named therein, and J.P. Morgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, entered into prior to, the consummation of the Offering Transactions, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original
agents, lenders or otherwise), renewed, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture or multiple agreements and indentures extending the maturity thereof, refinancing,
replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount
loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and adding Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers, issuers or guarantors thereunder and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in clause (i) remains
outstanding, if designated by Holdings to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing
(including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt financing (including
convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances) or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or issuers and, in each case,
as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by Holdings or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so
designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash
Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent
company of Holdings, as applicable, (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and is
so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3). 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms
of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 

  
 12 

  
 (1)
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale; provided, however, that the relevant asset sale or change of control provisions,
taken as a whole, are no more favorable in any material respect to holders of such Capital Stock than the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes and any purchase requirement triggered thereby may not become operative
until compliance with the asset sale and change of control provisions applicable to the Notes (including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto)), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or 

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, 

in each case prior to 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided further, however, that if such
Capital Stock is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required
to be repurchased by Holdings in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided further, however, that any class of Capital Stock of
such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 

“Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 

“EBITDA” means Adjusted EBITDA but without giving effect to clause (9) contained therein. 

“Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any
debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
 “Equity Offering” means any public or
private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 

(1) public offerings with respect to Holdings’ or such direct or indirect parent company’s common stock
registered on Form S-8; 
 (2) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution;
and 
 (3) any Cash Contribution Amount. 

  
 13 

  
 “Exchange
Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Notes of the Issuers issued pursuant to this Indenture in exchange for, and in an aggregate principal amount equal to (or not in excess of), the Initial Notes or any
Additional Notes, if applicable, in compliance with the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, and includes any Private Exchange Notes. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of Holdings)
received by Holdings after the Issue Date from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or pursuant to any Holdings or Subsidiary management
equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of Holdings, 
 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.04(a)(3). 

“Existing Debentures” means Holdings’ 7.875% Debentures due 2023, 8.375% Sinking Fund Debentures due 2016 and 9.2%
Debentures due 2021. 
 “Existing Debentures Subsidiary” means each corporation of which Holdings, or Holdings and one
or more Existing Debentures Subsidiaries, or any one or more Existing Debentures Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly own securities entitling the holders thereof to elect a majority of the directors, either at all times or so long as there is no
default or contingency which permits the holders of any other class or classes of securities to vote for the election of one or more directors. 
 “Existing Fixed Rate Second Lien Notes” means the 9.75% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2014 issued by Hexion U.S. Finance Corp. and Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC. 

“Existing Second Lien Notes Collateral Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement dated November 3, 2006 by and among
Holdings, each Subsidiary of Holdings party thereto and Wilmington Trust Company, as collateral agent for the holders of the Existing Second Lien Notes. 
 “Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date” means November 3, 2006. 

“Existing Second Lien Notes Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular dated October 27, 2006, with respect to the
Existing Second Lien Notes. 

  
 14 

  
 “Existing Second
Lien Notes” means (i) the Second-Priority Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2014 issued by Hexion U.S. Finance Corp. and Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC and (ii) the Existing Fixed Rate Second Lien Notes. 

“Existing Senior Secured Notes” means the $1 billion of 8.875% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 issued by Hexion U.S. Finance
Corp. and Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC. 
 “Existing Senior Secured Notes Indenture” means the Indenture among the
Issuers, Holdings, Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, and the other parties thereto dated January 29, 2010 with respect to the Existing Senior Secured Notes, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price
which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. 

“First-Priority After-Acquired Property” means any property (other than the initial collateral) of Holdings, the Issuer or any
Subsidiary Guarantor that secures any Secured Bank Indebtedness. 
 “First-Priority Lien Obligations” means
(i) all Secured Bank Indebtedness, (ii) all other Obligations (not constituting Indebtedness) of Holdings and any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries under the agreements governing Secured Bank Indebtedness and (iii) all other Obligations
of Holdings or any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries in respect of Hedging Obligations or Obligations in respect of cash management services, in each case that are secured by Liens granted pursuant to any Senior Credit Document. 

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of Adjusted EBITDA of such Person for
such period to the Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period. In the event that Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit
borrowings or revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the
“Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (including in the case of any Incurrence or issuance a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom). 

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions or dispositions of operating units of a business,
mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), and any operational changes, 

  
 15 

 
business realignment projects and initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (each a “pro forma event”) that Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has either determined to
make or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions or
dispositions of an operating unit of a business, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations and any operational changes, business realignment projects and initiatives, restructurings and reorganizations (and the change of any associated fixed
charge obligations, consolidated interest expense and the change in Adjusted EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or was merged with or into Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition or disposition of an operating unit of a business, merger,
consolidation, discontinued operation or operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring or reorganization, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, consolidation, operational change, business realignment project or initiative, restructuring, or
reorganization had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever
pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of Holdings. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro
forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if
such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of Holdings as set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, to
reflect (i) operating expense reductions, other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable pro forma event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Recapitalization) and (ii) all adjustments
used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four quarter period. 

“Flow Through Entity” means an entity that is treated as a partnership not taxable as a corporation, a grantor trust or a
disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes or subject to treatment on a comparable basis for purposes of state, local or foreign tax law. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any
direct or indirect subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles
set forth in (i) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (ii) statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and (iii) in
such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, in each case which were in effect on the 

  
 16 

 
Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date. For the purposes of the Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted
Subsidiaries, and shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. 
 “Government Obligations” means securities that are: 

(1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is
pledged, or 
 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of the United States of America or a member of the European Union, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 

which, in each case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as
defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the
holder of such depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by
the custodian in respect of the Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without
limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. 
 “Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Guarantor” means any Person that Incurs a Guarantee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, that upon the
release or discharge of such Person from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Person ceases to be a Guarantor. 

“HAI” means HA-International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under: 

(1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap
agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and 

  
 17 

  
 (2)
other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices. 
 “holder”, “Holder”, “noteholder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 

“Holdings” means Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc., a New Jersey corporation, and any successor in interest thereto, including
any successor thereto pursuant to Section 5.01(a). 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise
become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred
by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
  

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect
of borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and
unpaid purchase price of any property (except (i) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) any earn-out obligations until such
obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect
of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet
(excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not
otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of
business); 
 (3) to the extent not otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any
asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of
determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; and 
 (4) to the extent not
otherwise included, with respect to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the amount then outstanding (including amounts advanced, and received by, and available for use by, Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) under any Receivables
Financing (as set forth in the books and records of Holdings or 

  
 18 

 
any Restricted Subsidiary and confirmed by the agent, trustee or other representative of the institution or group providing such Receivables Financing); 

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations incurred
in the ordinary course of business; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; or
(4) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Receivables Financing. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Indenture to the contrary,
Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an
amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under the Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under the Indenture but for
the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under the Indenture. 
 “Indenture”
means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Indenture Restricted Subsidiary” means any
Existing Debenture Subsidiary which owns, operates or leases one or more Principal Properties and shall not include any other Existing Debenture Subsidiary. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged in a Similar Business, in each case of nationally recognized standing
that is, in the good faith determination of Holdings, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 

“Initial Notes” means the $574,016,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020
issued by the Issuers on the Issue Date. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes
issued on the Issue Date, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and BMO Capital Markets, and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Intercreditor Agent” has the meaning given to such term in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

“Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement dated as of November 3, 2006 among J.P. Morgan Chase Bank,
N.A., as agent under the Senior Credit Documents, Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee under the Existing Second Lien Notes, the Issuers, Holdings, each Subsidiary Guarantor and the other parties from time to time party thereto, as supplemented by
the Intercreditor Agreement Joinder and as it may be further 

  
 19 

 
amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Indenture. 
 “Intercreditor Agreement Joinder” means the Third Joinder and Supplement to the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2010, among J.P. Morgan Bank, N.A., as Intercreditor Agent,
the Trustee, Wilmington Trust Company as trustee under the Existing Second Lien Notes, Momentive Specialty Chemical Holdings LLC, Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto. 

“Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) and in each case with maturities not
exceeding two years from the date of acquisition, 
 (2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than
Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other rating agency, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among Holdings and its Subsidiaries 

(3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and
(2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution, and 
 (4)
corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 

“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the
form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary
course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of Holdings in
the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04:

 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such
Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of Holdings at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to: 

(a) Holdings’ “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 

  
 20 

  
 (b) the
portion (proportionate to Holdings’ equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time
of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of Holdings. 
 “Issue Date”
means November 5, 2010, the date on which the Initial Notes are issued. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York. 
 “Lien” means,
with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other
title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any other agreement to give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any
jurisdiction); provided, however, that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Management Group” means all of the individuals consisting of the directors, executive officers and other management personnel
of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, as the case may be, on the Issue Date together with (1) any new directors whose election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of
Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, as the case may be, as applicable, was approved by (x) a vote of a majority of the directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings as applicable, then still in
office who were either directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved or (y) the Permitted Holders and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of Holdings or any direct or indirect
parent company of Holdings, as the case may be, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors on the Issue Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company
of Holdings, as the case may be, as applicable. 
 “Momentive Canada” means Momentive Specialty Chemicals Canada Inc.
(formerly known as Hexion Specialty Chemicals Canada, Inc.), a Canadian corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“Momentive Canada Entities” means (1) Momentive Canada, (2) each Person that was a Subsidiary of Momentive Canada on
the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date and (3) each Person that is a successor in interest, directly or indirectly, to any Person described in clause (2), including pursuant to any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or transfer of all or
substantially all of its assets. Any Person referenced by clause (2) or (3) of the foregoing sentence shall be treated as a Momentive Canada Entity notwithstanding the fact that such Person is not a Subsidiary of Momentive Canada and such
Person (or such Person’s direct or 

  
 21 

 
indirect parent entity to the extent such parent entity’s stock is pledged as Collateral) shall not be subject to the Collateral reduction provisions described under Section 11.01(b).

 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with
GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash
proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and
any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the
disposed assets or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on
Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)) to be paid as a result of such transaction (including to obtain any required consent therefor), and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by Holdings as a reserve in
accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by Holdings after such sale or other disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture, in each case, in the forms set forth in Appendix A. 

“Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation,
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided, however, that Obligations with respect to
the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the Holders of the Notes. 
 “Offering Circular” means the Offering Circular dated October 27, 2010, with respect to the Notes. 
 “Offering Transactions” refers collectively to (1) the offering of the Initial Notes made pursuant to the Offering Circular, (2) the Cash Tender Offer described in the Offering
Circular under the heading “Offering Circular Summary,” (3) if necessary, discharge or the redemption of any remaining Existing Fixed Rate Second Lien Notes, (4) the transaction described in the Offering Circular under the
heading “Offering Circular Summary—Apollo 

  
 22 

 
Notes Exchange” and (5) the use of the proceeds of the offering of the Initial Notes as described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Use of Proceeds.” 

“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice
President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of Holdings. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a
certificate signed on behalf of Holdings by two Officers of Holdings, one of whom must be the Chief Executive Officer, the principal financial officer, the Treasurer or the principal accounting officer of Holdings, that meets the requirements set
forth in this Indenture. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the
Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to Holdings or the Trustee. 
 “Other Second-Lien Obligations”
means other Indebtedness of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries that is equally and ratably secured with the Notes and is designated by Holdings as an Other Second-Lien Obligation. 

“Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) with respect to the Issuers, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and 

(2) with respect to any Guarantor, its Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such
Guarantor’s Guarantee. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsor, (ii) the
Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of Holdings and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, and of which no other Person
or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, holds more than
50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 1 3(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the
Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member
of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect
of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder. 

“Permitted Investments” means: 

  
 23 

  
 (1)
any Investment in Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents
or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings in a
Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other
disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on the Existing Second Lien
Notes Issue Date; 
 (6) advances to employees not in excess of $25 million outstanding at any one time in
the aggregate; 
 (7) any Investment acquired by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in
exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable or claims held by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other
Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 (8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 

(9) any Investment by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair
Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $150 million and (b) 4.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person
that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to
clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (10) additional Investments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that
are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $150 million and (b) 4.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the 

  
 24 

 
Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 

(11) loans and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and
other similar expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (12) Investments the
payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount
available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3); 
 (13) any transaction to the extent it
constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (vi), (vii), (xi)(b) and (xvii) of such Section); 

(14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing
arrangements with other Persons; 
 (15) guarantees issued in accordance with Sections 4.03 and 4.11;

 (16) any Investment by Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings in other Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings and
Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries that are not Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings; 
 (17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of real estate, inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in
each case in the ordinary course of business; 
 (18) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any
Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing
or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest; 

(19) Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale received in compliance with
Section 4.06; 
 (20) additional Investments in joint ventures of Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50 million; 
 (21) any Investment in an entity which is not
a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted Subsidiary sells accounts receivable pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Financing; and 

  
 25 

  
 (22)
Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date
to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation. 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits
of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case
for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for
review; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due or payable or subject to
penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens in
favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit (or deposits to secure letters of credit or surety bonds for the same purpose) issued pursuant to the request of and
for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor
encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens
incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or
materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (6) Liens securing Indebtedness
(including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) of such
Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto
and except for customary cross collateral arrangements with respect to property or equipment 

  
 26 

 
financed by the same financing source pursuant to the same financing scheme), and the Indebtedness (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than
270 days after the latest of the (i) acquisition of the property subject to the Lien, (ii) completion of construction, repair, improvement or addition of the property subject to the Lien and (iii) commencement of full operation
of the property subject to the Lien; 
 (7) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however, that such Liens do not extend to the property or assets of Holdings or any Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Domestic Subsidiary, that is owned by one or more Foreign
Subsidiaries); 
 (8) Liens incurred to secure Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), or
clause (i) or (xii) (or (xiii) to the extent it guarantees any such Indebtedness) of Section 4.03(b), to the extent such Lien is incurred pursuant to this clause (8) as designated by Holdings; provided,
however, that, other than with respect to Liens incurred to secure Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (xii) (or (xiii) to the extent it guarantees such Indebtedness) of Section 4.03(b), at the time of incurrence
and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio would be no greater than 4.0 to 1.0; provided further, however, that the immediately
preceding proviso shall not apply to any Lien which is deemed to be incurred under this clause (8) by reason of the second proviso to clause (20) of this definition of “Permitted Liens” (except to the extent such Lien also
secures Indebtedness in addition to the Indebtedness permitted to be secured thereby under clause (20)); 

(9) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens described in clause (8) above); 

(10) Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by
Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than such Person becoming a Subsidiary and Subsidiaries of such Person); 
 (11) Liens on property at the time Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into Holdings or any
Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; provided, however, that such Liens (other than Liens to secure Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (xv) of Section 4.03(b)) are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further, however, that the Liens (other than Liens to secure Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (xv) of Section 4.03(b)) may not extend to any other property owned by
Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than pursuant to after acquired property clauses in effect with respect to 

  
 27 

 
such Lien at the time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such acquisition); 

(12) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to Holdings or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Holdings permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (13) Liens securing
Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under this Indenture, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligations; 

(14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s
obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 

(15) licenses, sublicenses, leases and subleases which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the
business of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (16) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code
financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (17) Liens in favor of the Issuers or any Guarantor or Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor in favor solely of another Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is
not a Guarantor; 
 (18) Liens on equipment of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary
course of business to Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located; 
 (19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 

(20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal (or successive refinancings, refundings,
extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11); provided, however, that (x) such new Lien
shall be limited to all or part of the same property (including any after acquired property to the extent it would have been subject to the original Lien) that was subject to the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the
Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9),
(10) and (11) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or
replacement; 

  
 28 

 
provided further, however, that in the case of any Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (8),
the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement shall be deemed secured by a Lien under clause (8) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal
amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (8) and for purposes of the definition of Secured Bank Indebtedness; 
 (21) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default, so long as such Lien is adequately bonded any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment
shall not have been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated shall have expired; 
 (22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with importation of goods; 

(23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods
entered into by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens
securing insurance premium financing arrangements; provided that such Lien is limited to the applicable insurance carriers; 
 (25) Liens incurred to secure cash management services in the ordinary course of business; 
 (26) other Liens securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $30 million at any one time outstanding; 

(27) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 

(28) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(29) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business; 

(30) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint
venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (31) any amounts held by a
trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (32) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained
with a depository or financial institution. 

  
 29 

  
 Any provider of
additional extensions of credit shall be entitled to rely on the determination of an Officer that Liens incurred satisfy clause (8) above if such determination is set forth in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to such provider;
provided, however, that such determination will not affect whether such Lien actually was incurred as permitted by clause (8). 
 “Permitted Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(c). 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
winding up. 
 “Presumed Tax Rate” means the highest effective marginal statutory combined U.S. federal, state and
local income tax rate prescribed for an individual residing in New York City (taking into account (i) the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes, assuming the limitation of Section 68(a)(2) of
the Code applies and taking into account any impact of Section 68(f) of the Code, and (ii) the character (long-term or short-term capital gain, dividend income or other ordinary income) of the applicable income). 

“Principal Property” means any single manufacturing or processing plant or warehouse owned or leased by Holdings or any
Existing Debenture Subsidiary of Holdings and located within the United States of America (excluding its territories and possessions and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico) other than any such plant or warehouse or portion thereof which the Board of
Directors of Holdings reasonably determines not to be a Principal Property after due consideration of the materiality of such property to the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as a whole. 

“Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be
irrevocable, from Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a
contribution of equity. 
 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables
Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of Holdings shall have determined
in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Holdings and the Receivables Subsidiary, 

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as
determined in good faith by Holdings), and 

  
 30 

  
 (3)
the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by Holdings) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables
Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of the Notes or any Indebtedness incurred to refinance the Notes shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 

“Recapitalization” means the Hexion Recapitalization as defined in the Existing Second Lien Notes Offering Circular.

 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Holdings or any
of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person
(in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including,
without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily
transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by Holdings or any such Subsidiary in
connection with such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of
receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any
asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary” means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with Holdings in which
Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts
receivable of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by
the Board of Directors of Holdings (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and: 
 (a) no portion of the
Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness)
pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings in any way other than pursuant to 

  
 31 

 
Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Holdings or any other Subsidiary of Holdings, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the
satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, 
 (b) with which neither
Holdings nor any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Holdings reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Holdings or such Subsidiary than those that might be
obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Holdings, and 
 (c) to which neither Holdings nor
any other Subsidiary of Holdings has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy
of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, (i) the
Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date, among Holdings, the Issuers, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (ii) the Registration Rights Agreement dated the Issue Date, among Holdings, the Issuers, the Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Sponsor, and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any, among the Issuers, the
Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 
 “Restricted
Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect
to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that, unless HAI would be a Subsidiary without giving effect to the specific 50% test for HAI as set forth in the
definition of “Subsidiary,” HAI will not be treated as a Restricted Subsidiary that is subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14 and 4.16. Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to
Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an
arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such
Person, other than leases between Holdings and a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or between Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

  
 32 

  
 “Secured Bank
Indebtedness” means any Bank Indebtedness that is secured by a Permitted Lien incurred or deemed incurred pursuant to clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Lien. 
 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 “Security Documents” means the security agreements (including the Existing Second Lien Notes Collateral Agreement,
as modified by the Collateral Agreement Joinder), pledge agreements, collateral assignments and related agreements, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to
time, creating the security interests in the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the Notes as contemplated by this Indenture. 
 “Senior Credit Documents” means the collective reference to the Credit Agreement, the notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as
amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of Holdings within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated
by the SEC. 
 “Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from activities of
Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 

“Sponsor” means (i) Apollo Management, L.P., one or more investment funds controlled by Apollo Management, L.P. and any of
their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Apollo Sponsors”) and (ii) any Person that forms a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) with any
Apollo Sponsors, provided that any Apollo Sponsor (x) owns (directly or indirectly) a majority of the Voting Stock and (y) controls a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings. 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance
entered into by Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings which Holdings has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary,
it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final
payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the

  
 33 

 
happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuers, any Indebtedness of such Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with
respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% (or, in the case of
HAI, 50% or more) of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the
other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling
general partner or otherwise controls such entity (or, in the case of HAI, such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person has the right to designate at least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors of such entity). 

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that Incurs a Guarantee; provided, however, that upon the
release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary will cease to be a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 “Tax Distributions” means any dividends and distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii). 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of Holdings. 

“Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if
such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015; provided, however, that if no published
maturity exactly corresponds with such date, then the Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated on a straight-line basis from the arithmetic mean of the yields for the next shortest and next longest published maturities; provided
further, 

  
 34 

 
however, that if the period from such redemption date to November 15, 2015 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
 “Trust Officer” means: 

(1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice
president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any
corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 
 (2) who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 

“Trustee” means the respective party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the
successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 “Unrestricted Cash” means cash or Cash Equivalents of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would not
appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of Holdings that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of Holdings in the manner provided below; and 

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

The Board of Directors of Holdings may designate any Subsidiary of Holdings (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of
Holdings but excluding the Issuers) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, Holdings or any other Subsidiary of
Holdings that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any
Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however, that either: 

(a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 

  
 35 

  
 (b) if
such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04. 

The Board of Directors of Holdings may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided,
however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (x) (1) Holdings could Incur
$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a) or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 
 (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
 Any such
designation by the Board of Directors of Holdings shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings giving effect to such designation and an Officers’
Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein, and without any further condition, qualification or action hereunder, Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date under the Existing Senior Secured Notes Indenture will be Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 

“U.S. Issuer” means Hexion U.S. Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the
election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment
of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments. 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required to be held by Foreign Subsidiaries) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 

  
 36 

  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.07
	 “Additional Amounts”
	  	4.01(c)
	 “additional interest”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01
	 “Base Currency”
	  	13.16
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Depository”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Global Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	10.01(a)
	 “IAI”
	  	Appendix A
	 “incorporated provision”
	  	13.01
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	4.12
	 “Initial Purchasers”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Judgment Currency”
	  	13.16
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01(b)
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.06(d)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Private Exchange”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Private Exchange Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.03(b)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Registered Exchange Offer”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”
	  	4.01(c)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.04(a)
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Shelf Registration Statement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)

  
 37 

			
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	5.01(c)
	 “Taxes”
	  	4.01(c)
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	  	Appendix A

 SECTION 1.03.
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC. 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees. 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture
trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means
the Issuers, the Guarantors and any other obligor on the Notes. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined
by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) “including” means including
without limitation; 
 (e) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 

(f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as
unsecured Indebtedness; 
 (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be
the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 

  
 38 

  
 (h) unless otherwise
specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

 (i) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or
with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of additional interest and Additional Amounts, to the extent that, in such context, additional interest or Additional Amounts are, were, or would be payable in
respect thereof. 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal
amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $574,016,000 (including Notes issued pursuant to an exchange with the Sponsors). The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes may, at our election, and
any Exchange Notes will be treated as a single series and/or class of Notes for purposes of this Indenture. 
 The Issuers may
from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by
Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. Additional Notes shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect
to the date of issuance and issue price and as contemplated by clause (4) below. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange
for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.06, 4.06(g), 4.08(c) or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of Holdings and
(b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officers’ Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 

 

	 	(1)	the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, 

 

	 	(2)	the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from which interest on such Additional Notes will accrue; 

 

	 	(3)	 if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the
respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Appendix A hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of
those set forth in Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes 

  
 39 

	 	 
registered, or any transfer of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and

  

	 	(4)	if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in Appendix A, but
shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Appendix A. 

 If any of the terms of any
Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuers and delivered to the
Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Initial
Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form set forth in
Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Exchange Notes issued other than as Transfer
Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations,
legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuers or any Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Issuers). Each
Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without interest coupons and only in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that Notes
may be issued in denominations of less than $1,000 solely to accommodate book-entry positions that have been created by the Depository in denominations of less than $1,000. 
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. (a) The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Issuers signed by one Officer (i) (x) Notes
for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $574,016,000, (ii) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified
therein and (iii) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer or Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes and, if applicable, any Additional Notes. Such order
shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Notes after the Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 

(b) One Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual signature. 

  
 40 

  
 (c) If an Officer whose
signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 (d) A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been
authenticated under this Indenture. 
 (e) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to
the Issuers to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuers. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent
may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for
service of notices and demands. 
 (f) The Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representations with the
Depository in the form provided by the Issuers and to act in accordance with such letter. 
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and
Paying Agent. (a) The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”), and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuers may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar”
includes any co-registrars. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee as (i) Registrar, and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes and (ii) the Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

(b) The Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which
shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuers fail to maintain a
Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. Holdings or any of Holdings’ domestically organized Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying
Agent or Registrar. 
 (c) The Issuers may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such Registrar or Paying
Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered into by the Issuers and
such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor in accordance with
clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also
resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 

  
 41 

  
 SECTION 2.05.
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuers shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if Holdings or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings is acting as Paying Agent,
segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a
Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such
payment. If Holdings or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuers at any time may require a
Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section 2.05, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

 SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most
recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment
date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders. 

SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Notes shall be issued in fully registered form and shall be transferable only
upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its
requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of the same series of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same
requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes,
assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.07. The Issuers shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for
redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

(b) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee, each Paying Agent
and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuers, any Guarantor, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (c) Any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a
book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or 

  
 42 

 
its agent) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry.

 (d) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and
shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 SECTION
2.08. Replacement Notes. (a) If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a
replacement Note of the same series if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuers or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such
loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuers or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined
in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond
sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in
replacing a Note (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements in replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuers in their discretion
may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof. 
 (b) Every replacement Note is an additional
obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors. 
 (c) The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude
(to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. (a) Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancelation, those
redeemed pursuant to Article 3 and those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuers or a
Guarantor holds the Note. 
 (b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered
for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuers receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and
replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08. 
 (c) If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with
this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or 

  
 43 

 
maturing, as the case may be, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such
Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate
for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office
or agency of the Issuers, without charge to the Holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them
for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary
procedures or deliver canceled Notes to the Issuers pursuant to written direction by an Officer. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not
authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted
Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest then borne by the Notes, as the case may be (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful), in any lawful
manner. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected Holder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, etc. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code”
numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that
no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption, that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any
such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers. 

SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any date of determination,
shall be the principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the Holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes
then outstanding, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of 

  
 44 

 
determination, by dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the Holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of
such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this
Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuers and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate. 

ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in paragraph 5 of the form of
Notes set forth in Appendix A, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date. The Notes may also be redeemed as
provided for in Section 3.09. 
 SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of the
Issuers or otherwise, as permitted or required by the Notes or any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with the Notes, such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of paragraph 5 of the applicable Note, they shall notify the Trustee
in writing of (i) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuers shall give
notice to the Trustee provided for in this paragraph at least 40 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date if the redemption is pursuant to paragraph 5 of the applicable Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the
Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuers to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all of the Notes are to be redeemed, the
record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuers and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at any time prior to
notice of such redemption being mailed to any Holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.04. Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption of the Notes, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable or by lot or such other method as deemed appropriate by
the Trustee; provided, however, that no Notes of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions
of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000 and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or a multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to
portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 45 

  
 SECTION 3.05.
Notice of Optional Redemption. (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be
redeemed. 
 Any such notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 

(i) the redemption date; 
 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 
 (iii) the name and address of a Paying Agent; 
 (iv) that Notes
called for redemption must be surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest; 
 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed
and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
 (vi) that,
unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 

(vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; 

(viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number or ISIN or “Common
Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 
 (ix) the applicable provision
in this Indenture or the Notes pursuant to which the Issuers are redeeming such Notes. 
 (b) At the Issuers’ request, the
Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at the Issuers’ expense. In such event, the Issuers shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section 3.05. 

SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, except as
provided in the fifth paragraph under paragraph 5 of the Notes, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to any Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid
at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued
interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or 

  
 46 

 
any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder. 
 SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if
Holdings or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings is a Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than
Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as
the Issuers have deposited with the Paying Agent funds sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuers’ expense) a
new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 SECTION 3.09. Redemption for Changes
in Withholding Taxes. 
 The Issuers may redeem all Notes, at their option, at any time as a whole but not in part, upon not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuers have become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any Additional Amounts as a result of: 

 

	 	(1)	a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations promulgated thereunder) of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein); or 

  

	 	(2)	any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, 

which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date and the Issuers cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable
measures available to the Issuers. 
 Prior to publishing or mailing notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, the
Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Issuers cannot avoid their obligation to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such Notes by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuers. The Issuers
shall also deliver an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuers would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes as a result of a change in tax laws or regulations or the application
or interpretation of such laws or regulations. 

  
 47 

  
 ARTICLE 4

 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. (a) The Issuers shall promptly pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in
this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if on such date the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than Holdings or any of its Affiliates) holds in accordance with this
Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due. 
 (b) The Issuers shall pay interest on overdue
principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes and shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
 (c) If, in connection with any payment made under or with respect to the Notes, the Issuers are required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy,
impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto)(hereinafter “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of the government of Canada or any political subdivision or any
authority or agency therein or thereof having power to tax, or within any other jurisdiction in which the Issuers are organized or are otherwise resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made (each a
“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), the Issuers will be required to pay such additional amounts (“Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by a beneficial owner of a Note (including Additional
Amounts) after such withholding or deduction will not be less than the amount such beneficial owner would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation to pay Additional
Amounts does not apply to (1) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant beneficial owner and the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (other than the mere receipt of
such payment or the ownership or holding outside of Canada of such Note); (2) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property tax or similar tax, assessment or governmental charge; or (3) any Taxes imposed or
withheld by reason of the failure to comply by the holder of a Note, or, if different, the beneficial owner of the interest payable on a Note with a timely request of the Issuers addressed to such holder or beneficial owner to provide information,
documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence, identity or connection with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction that is required or imposed by a statute, treaty, regulation or administrative practice of such Relevant Taxing
Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax; provided, further, however, the foregoing obligation to pay Additional Amounts does not apply (a) if the payment could have been made without such
deduction or withholding if the beneficiary of the payment had presented the Note for payment within 30 days after the date on which such payment or such Note became due and payable or the date on which payment thereof is duly provided for,
whichever is later (except to the extent that the holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period), or (b) with respect to any payment of principal of (or premium, if any,
on) or interest on such Note to any holder who is a fiduciary or partnership or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment, to the extent that a beneficiary or settler with respect to such

  
 48 

 
fiduciary, a member of such a partnership or the beneficial owner of such payment would not have been entitled to the Additional Amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member or beneficial owner
been the actual holder of such Note. 
 (d) The Issuers shall provide the Trustee with official receipts or other documentation
evidencing the payment of the Taxes with respect to which Additional Amounts are paid. 
 (e) The Issuers shall pay any present
or future stamp, court or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery, enforcement or registration of the Notes, this Indenture, the Security
Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or any other document or instrument in relation thereof, or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, excluding such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside of Canada,
the jurisdiction of incorporation of any successor of the Canadian Issuer or any jurisdiction in which a paying agent is located, and the Issuers shall indemnify the Holders or beneficial owner of a Note for any such taxes paid by such Holders or
beneficial owner of a Note. 
 (f) The obligations described under Sections 4.01(c), (d) and (e) shall survive
any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and shall apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Canadian Issuer is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or
therein. 
 SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. Notwithstanding that Holdings may not be subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, Holdings
shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and Holders with copies thereof, without cost to each Holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC), 
 (a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC, or such longer period as may be permitted by Rule 12b-25 of the Exchange Act), annual
reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), 
 (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year (or such shorter period as may be required by the SEC, or such longer period as may be permitted by
Rule 12b-25 of the Exchange Act), reports on Form 10-Q (or any successor or comparable form), 
 (c) promptly from time to
time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other reports on Form 8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and 
 (d) any other information, documents and other reports which Holdings would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 

  
 49 

  
 provided, however, that
Holdings shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event Holdings shall make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes, including by posting such reports on the
primary website of Holdings or its Subsidiaries, in addition to providing such information to the Trustee and the Holders, in each case within 15 days after the time Holdings would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were
subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. 
 In the event that: 

(i) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit Holdings and any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to report
at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity of Holdings is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of Holdings, or

 (ii) any direct or indirect parent of Holdings becomes a guarantor of the Notes, 

the Indenture will permit Holdings to satisfy its obligations in this covenant with respect to financial information relating to Holdings by furnishing
financial information relating to such parent; provided that such financial information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent and any of its
Subsidiaries other than Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings, the Guarantors, if any, and the other Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 

In addition, Holdings shall, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule
144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings will be deemed to have furnished such reports
referred to above to the Trustee and the Holders if Holdings has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. 
 Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information
contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively (subject to Article 7 hereof) on
Officers’ Certificates). 
 SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock
and Preferred Stock. (a) (i) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock;
and (ii) Holdings shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that Holdings and any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness

  
 50 

 
(including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and any Restricted Subsidiary may issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of
Holdings for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is
issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had
been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to: 
 (i) the Incurrence by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with
letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) up to an aggregate principal amount of $2.675 billion plus an aggregate additional principal amount of Consolidated Total
Indebtedness constituting First Priority Lien Obligations outstanding at any one time that does not cause the Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio of Holdings to exceed 3.75 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of
the net proceeds therefrom); 
 (ii) the Incurrence by the Issuers and the Guarantors of Indebtedness
represented by the Notes or the Exchange Notes (not including any Additional Notes) and the related Guarantees, as applicable; 
 (iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (after giving effect to the Offering Transactions) (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)),
including the Existing Debentures, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the guarantees thereof; 
 (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the purchase, lease,
construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount which, when aggregated with the principal
amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding that was Incurred (or deemed Incurred pursuant to clause (xiv) below) pursuant to this clause (iv), does not exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of
Incurrence; 
 (v) Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting
reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty
or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, 

  
 51 

 
however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing; 

(vi) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for adjustment of
purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of Holdings in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by
any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of such Indebtedness is not determinable and, to the extent
such Indebtedness thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the Indebtedness is paid within 60 days thereafter; 
 (vii) Indebtedness of Holdings to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor is subordinated in right of
payment to the obligations of Holdings under its Guarantee; provided, further, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted
Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

(viii) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted
Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock; 

(ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however,
that if a Guarantor Subsidiary Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Issuer or a Guarantor such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such Guarantor; provided, further, however, that
any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except
to another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

(x) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for speculative purposes: (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging
interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for
the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases; 

  
 52 

  
 (xi)
obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds, including surety bonds issued in respect of workers’ compensation claims, and completion guarantees provided by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise
permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable, which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock then outstanding and Incurred
pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred
or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which Holdings, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such
Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii)); 
 (xiii) any guarantee
by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted
under the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, any such guarantee of any Guarantor
with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantor’s Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee of such
Guarantor, as applicable; 
 (xiv) the Incurrence by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of
Indebtedness which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (xiv), (xv) and/or (xix) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness
Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including, in each case, any Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso,
“Refinancing Indebtedness”); provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (1) has a
Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded, refinanced or defeased and
(y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding
were instead due on such date one year following; 

  
 53 

  
 (2)
has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refunded or refinanced or (y) one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding; 

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable; 
 (4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with
original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced plus premium, expenses, costs and fees Incurred in connection with such refinancing; 

(5) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor that
refinances Indebtedness of Holdings or another Guarantor (unless such Restricted Subsidiary is an obligor with respect to such Indebtedness being refinanced), or (y) Indebtedness of Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances
Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (6) in the case of any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to
refinance Indebtedness outstanding under clause (iv) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b), shall be deemed to have been Incurred and to be outstanding under such clause (iv) or (xx) of this Section 4.03(b), as applicable,
and not this clause (xiv) for purposes of determining amounts outstanding under such clauses (iv) and (xx) of this Section 4.03(b); 
 provided, further, however, that subclauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (xiv) shall not apply to any refunding or refinancing of (A) the Notes,
(B) any Secured Indebtedness constituting a First-Priority Lien Obligation or (C) any Existing Debentures consisting of pollution control bonds; 
 (xv) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of (x) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by Holdings or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or merged with or into Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that after giving effect to such acquisition and the Incurrence of such Indebtedness
either: 
 (1) Holdings would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
would be greater than immediately prior to such acquisition; 

  
 54 

  
 (xvi)
Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar
instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 

(xviii) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued
pursuant to the Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (xix) Contribution Indebtedness; 
 (xx) Indebtedness of Foreign
Subsidiaries of Holdings for working capital purposes or any other purposes, provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xx) other than for working capital purposes, when
aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of $150 million and 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence; 

(xxi) Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or
(y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxii) Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of, joint ventures of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess, at any one time outstanding, of $7.5
million; and 
 (xxiii) Indebtedness issued by Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to current or former
officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its direct or
indirect parent companies to the extent permitted under clause (iv) of the covenant described under Section 4.04(b). 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.03, (A) Indebtedness need not be Incurred solely by reference to
one category of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) or pursuant to Section 4.03(a) but is permitted to be Incurred in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that an item of
Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxiii) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), Holdings
shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03 and will only be required to include the
amount and type of such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in one of the above clauses and such item of Indebtedness shall be treated as having been Incurred pursuant to only one of such clauses or

  
 55 

 
pursuant to Section 4.03(a). Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness
with the same terms or in the form of common stock of Holdings, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and
increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of
“Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness which are otherwise included in the
determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of
credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with
any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on
the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to
refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such
refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this covenant shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness
Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is
denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may not Incur
any Indebtedness or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock unless all of the Issuers’ obligations with respect thereto are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings; provided, however, such guarantee
shall be deemed to be full and unconditional even if subject to the same kinds of limitations applicable to the Guarantee by Holdings of the Notes. 
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of Holdings’ or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any payment 

  
 56 

 
with respect to such Equity Interests made in connection with any merger or consolidation (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than
Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Equity Interests issued by a
Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its ownership percentage of such Equity Interests);

 (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or
indirect parent company of Holdings; 
 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or
otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance,
acquisition or retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase,
defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in
clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, Holdings could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and 

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by Holdings and its
Restricted Subsidiaries after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (iv) (only to the extent of one-half of the amounts paid pursuant to such clause), (vi) and
(viii) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the sum of, without duplication, 
 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from June 30, 2006 to the end of Holdings’ most recently ended fiscal quarter for which
internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next

  
 57 

 
succeeding sentence) of property other than cash, received by Holdings after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of Holdings (excluding Refunding
Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance
or sale to a Subsidiary of Holdings or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), plus 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of cash contributions to the capital of Holdings, and the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash,
received after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, contributions from the issuance of Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash
Contribution Amount), plus 
 (D) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed
repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary issued after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which
has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings (provided that, in the case of any parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or
extinguished), plus 
 (E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair
Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of property other than cash received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case subsequent to the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date, from: 

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings) of Restricted
Investments made by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) and from
repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b)), 

  
 58 

  
 (II)
the sale (other than to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or 
 (III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, plus 
 (F) in
the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of Holdings has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, Holdings or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Holdings, in each case subsequent to the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date, the Fair Market Value (as determined in accordance with the next succeeding sentence) of the Investment of Holdings in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the
time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with
the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted
Investment). 
 The Fair Market Value of property other than cash covered by clauses (3)(B), (C), (D), (E) and (F) of this
Section 4.04(a) shall be determined in good faith by Holdings and 
 (x) in the event of property with a
Fair Market Value in excess of $15 million, shall be set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, 
 (y) in
the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $25 million, shall be set forth in a resolution approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings, or 

(z) in the event of property with a Fair Market Value in excess of $50 million, shall be set forth in writing by an
Independent Financial Advisor. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution (i) within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at
the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture or (ii) declared on or prior to the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date; 

(ii) (A) the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of
Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of Holdings or any
direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or 

  
 59 

 
contributions to the equity capital of Holdings (other than Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a
Subsidiary of Holdings or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); and (B) the declaration and
payment of dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Holdings or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by Holdings or any of its
Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock; 
 (iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition
or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of Issuers or such Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively, which is
Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 so long as 
 (A) the principal amount of such new Indebtedness does not exceed
the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument
governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired plus any tender premiums, defeasance costs or other fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith), 

(B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the related Guarantees, as the case may be, at least to the same extent as such
Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value, 
 (C) such
Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity which is no earlier than the earlier of (x) the Stated Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired or (y) one year following the last maturity date of any
Notes then outstanding; and 
 (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity which is not less than the shorter
of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased or acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of
principal on the Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date one year following;

  
 60 

  
 (iv)
the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition (or dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to finance any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct
or indirect parent company of Holdings held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings pursuant to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed $15.0 million in any calendar year
(with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over for the two succeeding calendar years); provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 (A) the cash proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity
Interests (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amounts, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings (to the extent contributed to
Holdings) to members of management, directors or consultants of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings that occurs after the Issue Date; provided, however, that the amount of such
cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend shall not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3); plus 

(B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company
of Holdings (to the extent contributed to Holdings) and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; 
 (provided,
however, that Holdings may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year and, to the extent any payment described under this clause (iv) is made by
delivery of Indebtedness and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Indebtedness makes payments with respect to such Indebtedness); 

(v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of
Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (vi)
the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date and the declaration and payment of
dividends to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred 

  
 61 

 
Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings issued after the Issue Date the proceeds of which were contributed to Holdings; provided,
however, that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such
issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), Holdings would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (B) the
aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by Holdings from the issuance of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the
Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date; 
 (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate
Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $40 million and 1.0% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the
Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (viii) the payment of dividends on Holdings’ common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of
dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by Holdings from any public offering of common stock or contributed to Holdings by any direct or indirect parent of Holdings from any public
offering of common stock; 
 (ix) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 

(x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $50 million and 1.0% of Total
Assets at the time made; 
 (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xii) (A)
with respect to each tax year or portion thereof that any direct or indirect parent of Holdings qualifies as a Flow Through Entity, the distribution by Holdings to the holders of Capital Stock of such direct or indirect parent of Holdings of an
amount equal to the product of (i) the amount of aggregate net taxable income of Holdings allocated to the holders of Capital Stock of Holdings for such period and (ii) the Presumed Tax Rate for such period; and (B) with respect to
any tax year or portion thereof that any direct or indirect parent of Holdings does not qualify as a Flow Through Entity, the payment of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings that files a consolidated
U.S. federal tax return that includes Holdings and its Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed the amount that Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of federal, state or

  
 62 

 
local taxes (as the case may be) in respect of such year if Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid such taxes directly as a stand-alone taxpayer (or stand-alone group); 

(xiii) the payment of any Restricted Payment, if applicable: 

(A) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes)
required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings and general corporate overhead expenses of
any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of Holdings and its respective Subsidiaries; 

(B) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay interest or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which
have been contributed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, Holdings Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; provided, however, that any
such contribution will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.04(a)(3) or be used to Incur Contribution Indebtedness or to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.04(b) (other than payments
permitted by this clause (xiii); provided further, however, any such dividends, other distributions or other amounts used to pay interest are treated as interest payments of Holdings for purposes of this Indenture; and 

(C) in amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to pay fees and expenses, other than to Affiliates of Holdings,
related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent; 
 (xiv) cash dividends or other
distributions on Holdings’ Capital Stock used to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to, fund the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Recapitalization, the Offering Transactions or in
respect of amounts owed by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07; 
 (xv) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 

(xvi) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Financing; 

  
 63 

  
 (xvii)
in the event of a Change of Control, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or Subordinated Indebtedness of any Guarantor or Disqualified Stock
or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable (or, if such Subordinated Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount,
101% of the accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided, however, that prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) have made a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes as a result of such Change of Control and have repurchased all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Change of Control Offer; 
 (xviii) in the event of an Asset
Sale that requires the Issuers to offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.06, the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of Holdings or Subordinated
Indebtedness of any Guarantor or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount or liquidation preference, as applicable (or, if such Subordinated
Indebtedness was issued with original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value), of such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid interest or dividends thereon; provided, however,
that (i) prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Issuers (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Indenture) have made an Asset Sale Offer with respect to the Notes as a result of
such Asset Sale and have repurchased all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn in connection with such Asset Sale Offer and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such payments, purchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or
retirements of all such Subordinated Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock may not exceed the amount of the Excess Proceeds used to determine the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered for in such Asset Sale Offer less the
aggregate amount applied in connection with such Asset Sale Offer; 
 (xix) any Restricted Payments made in
connection with the consummation of the Recapitalization, as set forth under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Existing Second Lien Notes Offering Circular, the payment of the dividend declared in May, 2005 but not yet paid, in the
amount included in other long-term liabilities as of June 30, 2006, and the repayment or repurchase of the Parish of Ascension, Louisiana Industrial Revenue Bonds of Holdings; and 

(xx) Restricted Payments by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of
fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person; 

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (vi), (vii), (x),
(xi), (xvii) and (xviii) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

  
 64 

  
 (c) Holdings shall not
permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding
Investments by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of
“Investments.” Such designation shall only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 (d) For the purposes of this Section 4.04, any payment made on or after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date but
prior to the Issue Date will be deemed to be a “Restricted Payment” to the extent that such payment would have been a Restricted Payment had this Indenture been in effect at the time of such payment (and, to the extent that such Restricted
Payment was permitted by clauses (b)(i) through (xx) above or as a Permitted Investment, such Restricted Payment may be deemed by Holdings to have been made pursuant to such clause or as such a Permitted Investment). 

SECTION 4.05. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 

(a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or
(2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) make loans or advances to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 

 

	 	(1)	contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the other Senior Credit Documents, the Existing
Debentures, the Existing Second Lien Notes, the Existing Senior Secured Notes and the guarantees thereof; 

  

	 	(2)	this Indenture, the Notes (and any Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof), the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement; 

 

	 	(3)	applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 

  

	 	(4)	 any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition
(but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or 

  
 65 

	 	 
any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person or its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person or its Subsidiaries, so acquired; 

  

	 	(5)	contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the
sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 

  

	 	(6)	Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such
Indebtedness; 

  

	 	(7)	restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(8)	customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

 

	 	(9)	purchase money obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations, in each case for property so acquired or leased in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions
of the nature discussed in clause (c) above on the property so acquired; 

  

	 	(10)	customary provisions contained in leases and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature discussed
in clause (c) above on the property subject to such lease; 

  

	 	(11)	any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions
apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary; 

  

	 	(12)	other Indebtedness 

 (i) of (A) Holdings or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, in each case that (x) is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03 and (y) in the case of a
Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, an Officer determines reasonably in good faith that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect Holdings’ ability to honor its Guarantee of the Notes, or

 (ii) that is Incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary of Holdings subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to
Section 4.03; provided, however, that such encumbrance or restriction applies only to Foreign Subsidiaries of Holdings; or 

  
 66 

  

	 	(13)	any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements,
renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (12) above; provided, however, that such amendments, modifications,
restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of Holdings, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the
dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 

 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating
distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness
Incurred by Holdings or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 
 SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by Holdings) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of and (y) at least 75% of the
consideration therefor received by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that the amount of: 

(i) any liabilities (as shown on Holdings’ or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the
notes thereto) of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantees of the Notes, as the case may be) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets,

 (ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by Holdings or such Restricted
Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and 

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale
having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 3% of Total Assets and $70 million at
the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) 

shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a). 

  
 67 

  
 (b) Within 365 days
after Holdings’ or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale at its option to any one or more of the following:

 (i) to permanently reduce (A) any Indebtedness constituting First-Priority Lien Obligations or
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (and, in the case of revolving Obligations, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto), (B) the Notes or (C) any Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided,
however, that if the Issuers or any Guarantor shall so reduce any Pari Passu Indebtedness (other than any First-Priority Lien Obligation), the Issuers shall equally and ratably reduce Indebtedness under the Notes as provided under Article 3
of this Indenture, through open market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) and/or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all Holders
to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of the Notes); or 

(ii) to an investment in any one or more businesses or capital expenditures, in each case used or useful in a Similar
Business; provided, however, that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or, if such Person is a
Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; or 
 (iii) to make an investment in any one or more businesses; provided, however, that if such investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock of a Person, such acquisition results
in such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or, if such Person is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, in an increase in the percentage ownership of such Person by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings. 

Pending the final application of any such Net Proceeds, Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a
revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the
first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) shall be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $20 million, the Issuers shall make an offer to all Holders of Notes (and, at the option of
the Issuers, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) that is an integral multiple of $1,000 that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus
accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to the date fixed for the closing of such
offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06. The Issuers shall commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceeds $20 million by mailing
the notice 

  
 68 

 
required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuers may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds
the amount of Excess Proceeds, the applicable trustees shall select the Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) to be purchased in the manner described in Section 4.06(e). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess
Proceeds which served as the basis for such Asset Sale Offer shall be reset at zero. 
 (c) The Issuers shall comply with the
requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that
the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in
this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset Sale Offer is delivered
to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate as to (i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset
Sale Offer is being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuers shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if Holdings or a Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings is acting as a Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by Holdings, and to be held for payment in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that
have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuers. The Trustee (or a Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the
event that the Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuers to the Trustee is greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuers immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application
in accordance with Section 4.06. 
 (e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note,
with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuers at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not
later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the Holder for purchase and a statement that
such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuers are required to purchase,
the principal amount of the Notes (and Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable) to be purchased will be determined pro rata based on the principal amounts so tendered and the selection of the actual Notes for purchase

  
 69 

 
shall be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided, however, that no Notes (or Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable) of $1,000 or less shall be
purchased in part. 
 (f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 but
not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount
thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 (g) A new Note in principal amount equal to the unpurchased portion of any Note
purchased in part shall be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the purchase date, unless the Issuers default in payment of the purchase price, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or
portions thereof purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) Holdings shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend
any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of Holdings (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $7.5 million, unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not
materially less favorable to Holdings or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction by Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated Person; and 

(ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate
consideration in excess of $25 million, Holdings delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate
certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 
 (i) (A) transactions between or among Holdings or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) any merger of Holdings and any direct parent company of Holdings; provided; however, that such parent shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash
Equivalents and the Capital Stock of Holdings and such merger is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose; 

(ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments; 

(iii) (x) the entering into of any agreement to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and
advisory fees and expenses to the Sponsor in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (a) $6.0 million and (b) 2.0% of EBITDA of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately

  
 70 

 
preceding fiscal year, and out-of-pocket expense reimbursement; provided, however, any payment not made in any fiscal year may be carried forward and paid in the following two
fiscal years, and (y) the payment of the present value of all amounts payable pursuant to any agreement described in clause (x) above in connection with the termination of such agreement; 

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf
of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings; 
 (v) payments by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking
activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith or (y) made pursuant to any agreement or arrangement described under
the caption “Certain relationships and related party transactions” in the Offering Circular (or in the documents incorporated by reference therein); 
 (vi) transactions in which Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair
to Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants that are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith; 

(viii) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of, any
agreement or instrument as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement or instrument together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any
material respect than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby; 
 (ix) the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any stockholders agreement or investor rights agreement (including any
registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date, any agreement described under the caption “Certain relationships and related party transactions” in the Offering Circular (or
in the documents incorporated by reference therein) and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by Holdings or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such
existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more 

  
 71 

 
disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; 

(x) the execution of the Offering Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Offering
Transactions, including fees to the Sponsor, which are described in the Offering Circular; 
 (xi) (A)
transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, toll manufacturers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, on terms at least as
favorable as could reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the purchase or sale of chemicals, equipment and services entered into in the
ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 (xiii) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings; 

(xiv) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to or the
funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith; 

(xv) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments permitted by
Section 4.04(b)(xii)(A); 
 (xvi) any contribution to the capital of Holdings; 

(xvii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.01; 

(xviii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 

(xix) any employment agreements entered into by Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business; and 
 (xx) intercompany transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of Holdings in an Officers’ Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. (a) The occurrence of any Change of Control will constitute an Event
of Default unless the Issuers (i)(A) make an offer within 30 days following such Change of Control to all holders of the Notes to purchase all the Notes properly tendered (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price (the
“Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and 

  
 72 

 
additional interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in
accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; and (B) purchase all the Notes properly tendered in accordance with the Change of Control Offer or (ii) exercise their right, within 30 days following such Change of
Control, to redeem all the Notes in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture. 
 (b) (i) A “Change of
Control Offer” means a notice mailed to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
  

	 	(1)	that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuers to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal
to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest
payment date); 

  

	 	(2)	the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; 

 

	 	(3)	the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and 

 

	 	(4)	the instructions determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 

(ii) A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of
Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 

(c) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the
Issuers at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuers receive not later than one Business Day prior to the
purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
have such Note purchased. Holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuers under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and
the Issuers shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Holders entitled thereto. 
 (e)
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Issuers shall be deemed to have made a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in
compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08(b) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by 

  
 73 

 
the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) At the time the Issuers deliver Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuers shall also deliver an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by
the Issuers pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the
surrendering Holder. 
 (g) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuers to make such offer have been complied with. 
 (h) The Issuers shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of
Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the Issuers shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not
be deemed to have failed to make a Change of Control Offer or purchase the Notes pursuant thereto as described under this Section by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuers an Officers’ Certificate stating that in the
course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Issuers they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate
shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuers also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. 

SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuers shall execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.11. Future Guarantors. After the Issue Date, Holdings shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than (x) a Foreign Subsidiary, (y) a Receivables Subsidiary or
(z) a Domestic Subsidiary that is wholly owned by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries) that guarantees any Indebtedness of Holdings, the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture
substantially in the form of Appendix B pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Notes. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the Subsidiary Guarantors party to this Indenture as of the date any supplemental
indenture is to be executed need not be party to such supplemental indenture. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens. Holdings shall not,
and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (the “Initial Lien”) on any asset or property of Holdings or such Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings, or

  
 74 

 
any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, (i) that secures any Indebtedness of any
Person (other than Permitted Liens) unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness) such Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness is so secured and (ii) that secures any
First-Priority Lien Obligation of Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor without effectively providing that the Notes or the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be granted a second-priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens)
upon the assets or property constituting the collateral for such First-Priority Lien Obligations; provided, however, that if granting such second-priority security interest requires the consent of a third party, Holdings will use
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent with respect to the second-priority security interest for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes; provided further, however, that if such third party does
not consent to the granting of such second-priority security interest after the use of commercially reasonable efforts, Holdings will not be required to provide such security interest. 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding paragraph shall provide by its
terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to the extent provided for in Section 11.03. 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (A) a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness need not be
permitted solely by reference to one category of permitted Liens described in clauses (1) through (32) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” under Section 1.01 or pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.11
but may be permitted in part under any combination thereof and (B) in the event that a Lien securing an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of
permitted Liens described in clauses (1) through (32) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.11, Holdings shall, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later
divide, classify or reclassify, such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this covenant and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Lien or such item of Indebtedness
secured by such Lien in one of the clauses of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and such Lien securing such item of Indebtedness will be treated as being Incurred or existing pursuant to only one of such clauses or pursuant to the first
paragraph hereof. 
 With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time
of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in
connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms or in the form of common stock of Holdings, the
payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result
of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness described in clause (3) of the definition of “Indebtedness” under Section 1.01. 

  
 75 

  
 SECTION 4.13.
Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuers shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an
office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the
Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office
or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02. 

(b) The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of their obligation to maintain an office
or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 (c) The Issuers hereby designate the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York as such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.14. Impairment of
Security Interest. Subject to the rights of the holders of Permitted Liens, Holdings shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take, any action which action or omission would
or could reasonably be expected to have the result of materially impairing the security interest with respect to the Collateral for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, subject to limited exceptions. Holdings shall not amend, modify or
supplement, or permit or consent to any amendment, modification or supplement of, the Security Documents in any way that would be adverse to the Holders in any material respect, except as permitted under Articles 9 or 11 hereof or the
Intercreditor Agreement. 
 SECTION 4.15. After-Acquired Property. Upon the acquisition by the Issuers, Holdings or any
Guarantor of any First-Priority After-Acquired Property, the Issuers, Holdings or such Guarantor shall, as promptly as practicable after the acquisition of such property or such Subsidiary becoming a Guarantor, execute and deliver such mortgages,
deeds of trust, security instruments, financing statements and certificates and opinions of counsel as shall be reasonably necessary to vest in the Collateral Agent a perfected security interest, subject only to Permitted Liens, in such
First-Priority After-Acquired Property and to have such First-Priority After-Acquired Property (but subject to certain limitations, if applicable, including as set forth in Section 11.01(b)) added to the Collateral, and thereupon all provisions
of this Indenture relating to the Collateral shall be deemed to relate to such First-Priority After-Acquired Property to the same extent and with the same force and effect; provided, however, that if granting such second-priority
security interest in such First-Priority After-Acquired Property requires the consent of a third party, Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent with 

  
 76 

 
respect to the second-priority interest for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Holders and the Trustee; provided further, however, that if such third party does
not consent to the granting of such second-priority security interest after the use of such commercially reasonable efforts, Holdings or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will not be required to provide such security interest. 

SECTION 4.16. Limitation on Indenture Restricted Subsidiaries. Holdings will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, take or knowingly or negligently omit to take any action which action or omission could reasonably be expected to or would have the result of any Existing Debentures Subsidiary being an Indenture Restricted Subsidiary at any time
when the negative covenants contained in the Existing Debentures are applicable to an Indenture Restricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary concurrently becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor and, after giving effect thereto, there is no default under the
Existing Debentures. 
 SECTION 4.17. Limitation on Issuers. Holdings will not cease to beneficially own (as defined in
Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, 100% of the Voting Stock of the Issuers (except to the extent either of the Issuers is merged with and into Holdings or a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this
Indenture). The Issuers will not own any material assets or other property, other than Indebtedness or other obligations owing to the Issuers by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries and Cash Equivalents, or engage in any trade or conduct any
business other than treasury, cash management, hedging and cash pooling activities and activities incidental thereto. The Issuers will not Incur any material liabilities or obligations other than their obligations pursuant to the Notes, this
Indenture, the Credit Agreement, the Security Documents and other Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Issuers under Section 4.03 and liabilities and obligations pursuant to business activities permitted by this Section 4.17.

 ARTICLE 5 
 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF ALL 
 OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS

 SECTION 5.01. Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. (a) Holdings shall not
consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Holdings is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related
transactions to, any Person unless: 
 (i) Holdings is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Holdings) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or
existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (Holdings or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); 

  
 77 

  
 (ii)
the Successor Company (if other than Holdings) expressly assumes all the obligations of Holdings under this Indenture and its Guarantee of the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; 
 (iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such
transaction had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been
Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (A) the Successor
Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately
prior to such transaction; and 
 (v) Holdings shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 The Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings under this Indenture and its Guarantee of the Notes and, in the case of the sale by Holdings of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets, Holdings, the Guarantors and the Issuers shall be released from the obligation to guarantee, or, to pay, if applicable, the principal of and interest on the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv),
(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) Holdings may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the
purpose of reincorporating Holdings in another state of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 

(b) An Issuer shall not, and Holdings shall not permit an Issuer to, consolidate, or merge or amalgamate with or into or wind up into
(whether or not such Issuer is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(i) such Issuer is the surviving entity or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or
amalgamation (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or unlimited liability

  
 78 

 
company organized and existing under the laws of Canada or the laws of any political subdivision thereof or the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of
Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called, a “Successor Issuer”); 
 (ii) a Successor Issuer (if other than such Issuer) expressly assumes, all the obligations of such Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or
instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of a Successor Issuer as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Successor Issuer at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
 (iv) Holdings shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 A Successor Issuer will be the successor to the predecessor Issuer and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the predecessor Issuer under this Indenture, and
the predecessor Issuer, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iii), an Issuer may consolidate with, merge into, amalgamate
with or transfer all or part of its property and assets to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 (c) Holdings shall not permit
any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than any such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition in connection with the Recapitalization described in the Offering Circular) unless: 

(i) such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving corporation or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized and existing under the
laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Guarantor”); 

(ii) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under
this Indenture and such Guarantors’ Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of
the Successor Guarantor or any of its 

  
 79 

 
Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Guarantor or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; and 
 (iv) the Successor Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall have delivered
or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 

The Successor Guarantor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s Guarantee
and, in the case of the sale by such Guarantor of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, such Guarantor shall be released from its obligation to guarantee or to pay, if applicable, the principal of, or interest on, the Notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (iii), (1) a Guarantor may merge with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in another state of the United States, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of
the Guarantor is not increased thereby and (2) a Guarantor may merge with another Guarantor or an Issuer. 
 In addition,
notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a
“Permitted Transfer”) to (x) Holdings or any Guarantor or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a Guarantor; provided that at the time of each such Permitted Transfer pursuant to clause (y) the
aggregate amount of all such Permitted Transfers since the Issue Date shall not exceed 5.0% of the Total Assets as shown on the most recent available balance sheet of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to each such
Permitted Transfer and including all Permitted Transfers occurring from and after the Existing Second Lien Notes Issue Date (excluding Permitted Transfers in connection with the Recapitalization). 

ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” with respect to all of the Notes occurs if: 
 (a) the Issuers default in any payment of interest or any Additional Amounts on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days, 

(b) the Issuers default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional
redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, 
 (c) Holdings fails to comply with its obligations under
Section 5.01, 
 (d) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any of its obligations under the
covenants set forth in Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.11, 

  
 80 

 
4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 or 4.17 (in each case, other than a failure to purchase Notes when required under Section 4.06) and such failure continues for 30 days after the notice specified
below, 
 (e) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with any of its other agreements in the Notes or
this Indenture (other than those referred to in (a), (b), (c), or (d) above) and such failure continues for 60 days after the notice specified below, 
 (f) Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings) within any applicable grace period after final
maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness (or, with respect to the pollution control bonds constituting Existing Debentures, failure to pay under the guarantees of Holdings and its applicable Restricted Subsidiaries related thereto) by
the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $35 million or its foreign currency equivalent, 
 (g) Holdings, the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency, 
 (h) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an
order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against the Issuers, Holdings or any
Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of Holdings, the Issuers or any
Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iii) orders the winding up or
liquidation of Holdings, the Issuers or any Significant Subsidiary; 
 or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or
decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days, 
 (i) Holdings or any Significant Subsidiary fails to pay final judgments
aggregating in excess of $35 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which 

  
 81 

 
judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days following the entry thereof, 
 (j) the Guarantee of the Notes by a Significant Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or by this Indenture) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms
its obligations under this Indenture or any Guarantee of the Notes and such Default continues for 10 days, 
 (k) unless such
Liens have been released in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, Liens in favor of the Holders of the Notes with respect to all or substantially all of the Collateral cease to be valid or enforceable, or Holdings shall assert or
any Subsidiary Guarantor shall assert, in any pleading in any court of competent jurisdiction, that any such security interest is invalid or unenforceable and, in the case of any such Subsidiary Guarantor, Holdings fails to cause such Subsidiary
Guarantor to rescind such assertions within 30 days after Holdings has actual knowledge of such assertions, 
 (l) the failure
by Holdings, the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Security Documents except for a failure that would not be material to the Holders and would not materially affect the
value of the Collateral taken as a whole, or 
 (m) a Change of Control shall occur and the Issuers do not cure this event as
permitted under Section 4.08. 
 The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of
Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors.
The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 A Default under clause (d), (e) or (l) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes notify the Issuers and the Trustee of the Default and the Issuers do not cure such Default within the time specified in clauses (d), (e) or (l) above after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it
be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default”. Holdings shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any event which is, or
with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuers are taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or
(h) with respect to Holdings or the Issuers) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee, may declare the
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon 

  
 82 

 
such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to Holdings or the Issuers
occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of
Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law
or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any
right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative. 

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders
will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly
prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such
direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. (a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or
interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
 (i)
the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing; 
 (ii) the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

  
 83 

  
 (iii)
such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the
request during such 60-day period. 
 (b) A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to
obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of the Holders to Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as
trustee of an express trust against the Issuers or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the
Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee
may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including
counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers or any Guarantor, their creditors or their property,
shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a
trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making
of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, collects any
money or property pursuant to this Article 6 (including proceeds from the exercise of any remedies on the Collateral), they shall, subject to the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, pay out the money or property in the
following order: 

  
 84 

  
 FIRST: to the payment
of all amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.07 and to the Collateral Agent under Section 11.11; 
 SECOND: to
Holders for payment of amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and additional interest, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for
principal, premium, if any, interest and additional interest, if any, respectively; and 
 THIRD: the balance, if any, to the
Issuers or, to the extent the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, collects any amount for any Guarantor, to such Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the Holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder and the Issuers
a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In
any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of
the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes. 

SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall
at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Issuers and each Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee,
but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE 7

 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same
degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i)
the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

  
 85 

  
 (ii)
in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture. 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the
effect of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 

(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
 (d)
Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. 

(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall
be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 

  
 86 

  
 (d) The Trustee shall
not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or
negligence. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect
to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or
opinion of such counsel. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of not less than a majority in principal
amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or
investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuers and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of making or not making such inquiry
or investigation. 
 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and
benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Notes and may otherwise deal with Holdings or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to
the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuers or any Guarantor in this
Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under
Sections 6.01(c), (d), (e), (f), (i), (j), (k), (l) or (m) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received notice
thereof in accordance with Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuers, any Guarantor or any Holder. 

  
 87 

  
 SECTION 7.05.
Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually
known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee
of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06.
Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after each November 1 beginning with the November 1 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to December 1 in each year, the Trustee shall mail
to each Holder a brief report dated as of such November 1 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the TIA. 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the
Notes are listed. The Issuers agree to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by
any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuers and each Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify the
Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties
hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or Guarantee against the Issuers or a Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers, any
Guarantor, any Holder or any other Person). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the
Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers or any Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Issuers’ expense in the defense. Such
indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided, however, that the Issuers shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if
it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense.
The Issuers need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 

  
 88 

  
 To secure the
Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and
interest on particular Notes. 
 The Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall
survive the satisfaction or discharge of this Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under
applicable law, when the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to Holdings or the Issuers, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the
Bankruptcy Law. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the
Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuers shall remove the Trustee if: 

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

(iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuers or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such Holders
do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor
Trustee. 
 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the
Issuers. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of
its succession to the Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or
the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any Holder who has been a bona

  
 89 

 
fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall
be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the
Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver
such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the
Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the
TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA, subject to its right to apply for
a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any series of securities issued
under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuers are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers. The
Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent
indicated. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Discharge of
Liability on Notes; Defeasance. (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as
to all outstanding Notes and their obligations under this Indenture with respect to the Holders of the Notes: 

  
 90 

  
 (i)
when (1) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes pursuant to Section 2.08 which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in
trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (2) all of the Notes (a) have become due and payable, (b) will become due and payable at
their Stated Maturity within one year or (c) if redeemable at the option of the Issuers, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Issuers have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in respect of the Notes, cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount
sufficient in the written opinion of a firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Obligations have been so deposited) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes
not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuers directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the
payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (ii) the Issuers or the Guarantors have paid
all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (iii) the Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuers at any time may terminate (i) all of their obligations under the Notes and
this Indenture with respect to the Notes (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) their obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.11, 4.12, 4.14, 4.15, 4.16 and 4.17 for the benefit of the Notes and the
operation of Section 5.01(a)(iv) and Sections 6.01(d), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(i) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(j),
6.01(k), 6.01(l) and 6.01(m) for the benefit of the Notes (“covenant defeasance option”). The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option notwithstanding their prior exercise of their covenant defeasance option. In the event that
the Issuers terminate all of their obligations under the Notes and this Indenture with respect to such Notes by exercising their legal defeasance option or their covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee of
the Notes shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations. 
 If the Issuers exercise their legal
defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If the Issuers exercise their covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default specified in Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(f), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(h) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(i) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only), 6.01(j), 6.01(k),
6.01(l) or 6.01(m) or because of the failure of Holdings to comply with Section 5.01(a)(iv). 

  
 91 

  
 Upon satisfaction of
the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuers, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Issuers terminate. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 4.01(c), 4.01(e), 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive
until all the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuers’ obligations in Sections 4.01(c), 4.01(e), 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge. 

SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. (a) The Issuers may exercise their legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance
option only if: 
 (i) the Issuers irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee in respect of cash in U.S.
Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient or Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of, and premium
(if any) and interest on the applicable Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date; 

(ii) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants
expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as
will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(g) or (h) with respect to the Issuers or Holdings occurs which is continuing at
the end of the period; 
 (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on
Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (v) the Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; 

(vi) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
stating that (1) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, in
either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to
U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required with respect to a legal
defeasance need not be 

  
 92 

 
delivered if all the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable; 

(vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (viii) the
Issuers deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have
been complied with. 
 (b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuers may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the
redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3. 
 SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The
Trustee shall hold in trust money or Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof) deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in
accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes so discharged or defeased. 
 SECTION
8.04. Repayment to the Issuers. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuers upon request any money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 
 Subject to any applicable
abandoned property law, the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuers upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to the
money must look to the Issuers for payment as general creditors, and the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The Issuers shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited Government
Obligations or the principal and interest received on such Government Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the
Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or 

  
 93 

 
defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or
Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall
be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. The Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes, any
Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement without notice to or consent of any Holder: 
 (i) to cure any
ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to comply with Article 5; 

(iii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided,
however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code; 

(iv) to add additional Guarantees with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes; 

(v) to add additional secured creditors holding Other Second-Lien Obligations or additional First Priority Lien
Obligations so long as such obligations are not prohibited by this Indenture; 
 (vi) to add to the covenants of
the Issuers or Holdings for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Issuers or any Guarantor; 
 (vii) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA; 

(viii) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder; 

(ix) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any
provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended by the Issuers to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes,
the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement; 

  
 94 

  
 (x) to
provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes; 

(xi) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes;
provided, however, that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not
materially and adversely affect the rights of holders to transfer Notes; 
 (xii) to secure the Notes or to add
additional assets as Collateral; or 
 (xiii) to release Collateral from the Lien pursuant to this Indenture,
the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement when permitted or required by this Indenture or the Security Documents. 

After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01. 
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. (a) The Issuers and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or the Intercreditor Agreement with the written consent of
the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (which consents may be obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes) and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be
waived with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (which consents may be obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the
consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 
 (i) reduce the amount of Notes
whose Holders must consent to an amendment, 
 (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest on any Note, 
 (iii) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note, 

(iv) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time when any Note may be redeemed in
accordance with Article 3, 
 (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note,

 (vi) make any change in Section 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section 9.02, 

(vii) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such
holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes, 

  
 95 

  
 (viii)
expressly subordinate the Notes or any Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuers or any Guarantor, 

(ix) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders,

 (x) make any change in the Intercreditor Agreement or the provisions in the Indenture dealing with the
application of Trust proceeds of the Collateral that would adversely affect the Noteholders, or 
 (xi) make any
change in the provisions described under Section 4.01(c) that adversely affects the rights of any Noteholder or amend the terms of such Notes or this Indenture in a way that would result in the loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes
described thereunder. 
 Without the consent of the holders of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding (which consents may be obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), no amendment or waiver may release from the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents all or substantially all of the
Collateral. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (b) After an
amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders entitled to receive such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02. 
 SECTION 9.03. Compliance
with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. (a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note
shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or
subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuers
certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuers or the Trustee of
consents by the Holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and
(iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuers and the Trustee. 

  
 96 

  
 (b) The Issuers may,
but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is
fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date. 

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Issuers may
require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Issuers or the Trustee so determines, the Issuers
in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment, supplement or
waiver. 
 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver
authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be entitled
to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment,
supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and the Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms,
subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
 SECTION 9.07.
Payment for Consent. Neither Holdings nor any Affiliate of Holdings shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent,
waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents
relating to such consent, waiver or agreement. 
 SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount.
Except as expressly provided in this Indenture, including under Section 9.02, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class. Determinations as to
whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14. 

  
 97 

  
 ARTICLE 10

 GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 10.01. Guarantees. (a) On and after the Issue Date, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a
surety on a senior basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuers
under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuers under this Indenture and the
Notes and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuers whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being
hereinafter collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Guarantor, and
that each such Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. The Guaranteed Obligations of a Guarantor will be secured by security interests in the Collateral owned by such
Guarantor to the extent provided for in the Security Documents and as required pursuant to Sections 4.12 and 4.15. 
 (b) Each
Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuers of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed
Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuers or any other Person under this
Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document, or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes, any Security Document or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Holders and the Trustee for the
Guaranteed Obligations or any Guarantor; (v) the failure of any Holder or Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Guarantor, except as
provided in Section 10.02(b). 
 (c) Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its
obligations hereunder divided among the Guarantors, such that such Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuers or any
other Guarantor first be used and depleted as payment of the Issuers’ or such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it
may be entitled to require that the Issuers be sued prior to an action being initiated against such Guarantor. 

  
 98 

  
 (d) Each Guarantor
further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the
Holders and the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 
 (e) Except as expressly set forth in
Sections 8.01(b), 10.02 and 10.06, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise,
and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes, any
Security Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other
act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 

(f) Each Guarantor agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed
Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuers or otherwise. 
 (g) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuers
to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Guarantor
hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed
Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Issuers to the Holders and the Trustee. 

(h) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of any Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed
Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as 

  
 99 

 
provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 10.01.

 (i) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01. 
 (j) Upon request of the Trustee,
each Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Liability. (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the
maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under
applicable laws relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) A Guarantee as to any Restricted Subsidiary shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this Article 10
upon: 
 (i) the sale, disposition or other transfer (including through merger or consolidation) of the Capital
Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of all or substantially all the assets, of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor if such sale,
disposition or other transfer is made in compliance with this Indenture, in each case other than to Holdings or a Subsidiary of Holdings; provided, however, that such Guarantor is released from its guarantees, if any, of, and all
pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with, the Credit Agreement and any other Indebtedness of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; 
 (ii) Holdings designating such Subsidiary Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions set forth under Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted
Subsidiary”; 
 (iii) the release or discharge of all guarantees by such Restricted Subsidiary and the
repayment of all Indebtedness and retirement of all Disqualified Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary which, if Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary, would require such Restricted Subsidiary to guarantee the Notes under Section 4.11, 

(iv) the Issuers’ exercise of their legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option as described under
Section 8.01 with respect to the Notes, or if the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, and 

(v) such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security
interest in favor of First-Priority Lien Obligations, 

  
 100

 
subject to, in each case, the application of the proceeds of such foreclosure in the manner described under Section 11.03. 

SECTION 10.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 10 shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and
shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and
in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article 10 shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not
exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 10 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
 SECTION 10.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 10, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective
unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle
such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 
 SECTION 10.06.
Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Person which is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in
the form of Appendix B hereto pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 10 and shall guarantee the Guaranteed Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuers
shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy,
insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is
a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request. 

ARTICLE 11 

SECURITY DOCUMENTS 
 SECTION 11.01. Collateral and Security Documents. (a) On and after the Issue Date, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the
Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise, and 

  
 101

 
interest on the overdue principal of and interest (including additional interest, if any) on the Notes and performance of all other Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors to the
Holders, the Trustee or the Collateral Agent under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the Security Documents and Other Second Lien Obligations, which
define the terms of the Liens that secure the Guaranteed Obligations, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee and the Issuers hereby acknowledge and agree that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the
benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, pursuant to the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing
for foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter
into the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of the Security Documents limit,
qualify or conflict with the duties imposed by the provisions of the TIA, the TIA shall control. The Issuers shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be reasonably required by the next sentence of this Section 11.01, to
assure and confirm to the Collateral Agent the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by the Security Documents or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit
of this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. Holdings shall take, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to take, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to
create and maintain, as security for the Obligations and Other Second Lien Obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien and security interest in and on all of the Collateral (subject to the terms of
the Intercreditor Agreement), in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, second in priority to any and all security interests (other than property and assets of Foreign Subsidiaries) at any time granted in the
Collateral to secure the First Priority Lien Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents may be amended from time to time to add other parties holding Other Second Lien Obligations and other
First Priority Lien Obligations permitted to be incurred under Sections 4.03 and 4.12. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Capital Stock and securities of the Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than the Momentive Canada Entities) that are owned by Holdings or any Guarantor will constitute Collateral only to the extent that such Capital Stock and securities
can secure the Notes without Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act (“Rule 3-10” and “Rule 3-16,” respectively) (or any other law, rule or regulation) requiring separate financial
statements of such Subsidiary to be filed with the SEC (or any other governmental agency); 
 (i) in the event
that either Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 requires or is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to require (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is adopted, which would require) the filing with the SEC
(or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of any Subsidiary (other than the Momentive Canada Entities) due to the fact that such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and securities secure the Notes, the performance of

  
 102

 
Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuers or any Guarantee, then the Capital Stock and securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed not to be part of the Collateral, but only to the
extent necessary to not be subject to such requirement (and, in such event, the Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, to the extent necessary to release the second-priority security interests
on the shares of Capital Stock and securities that are so deemed to no longer constitute part of the Collateral); and 
 (ii) in the event that either Rule 3-10 or Rule 3-16 is amended, modified or interpreted by the SEC to permit (or is replaced with another rule or regulation, or any other law, rule or regulation is
adopted, which would permit) such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock and securities to secure the Notes in excess of the amount then pledged without the filing with the SEC (or any other governmental agency) of separate financial statements of such
Subsidiary, then the Capital Stock and securities of such Subsidiary shall automatically be deemed to be a part of the Collateral but only to the extent necessary to not be subject to any such financial statement requirement (and, in such event, the
Security Documents may be amended or modified, without the consent of any Holder of the Notes, to the extent necessary to subject to the Liens under the Security Documents such additional Capital Stock and securities). 

SECTION 11.02. Recordings and Opinions. (a) The Issuers and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Collateral Agent and the
Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent), on or before the time when Holdings is required to provide annual reports pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to the preceding fiscal year, an Opinion of Counsel: 

 

	 	(1)	stating substantially to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recordings, registerings, filings,
re-recordings, re-registerings and re-filings of this Indenture, the Security Documents and all financing statements, continuation statements or other instruments of further assurance as is necessary to maintain the Lien of this Indenture or any
Security Documents in the Collateral and reciting with respect to the security interests in such Collateral the details of such action or referencing to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given; or 

 

	 	(2)	to the effect that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such Lien under this Indenture and the Security Documents.

 (b) The Issuers will comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(b) and (d). 

SECTION 11.03. Release of Collateral. (a) Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 11.03, Collateral
may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or as provided hereby. Upon the
request of the Issuers pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met, the Issuers and the Guarantors will be entitled to a release of assets included in

  
 103

 
the Collateral from the Liens securing the Notes, and the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent) shall release the same from such Liens at the
Issuers’ sole cost and expense, under one or more of the following circumstances: 
  

	 	(1)	if all other Liens on such property or assets securing First-Priority Lien Obligations (including all commitments and letters of credit thereunder) are released and
there are no outstanding Receivables Financings (or commitments therefor); provided, however, that (x) if the Issuers incur or any Guarantor subsequently incurs First-Priority Lien Obligations that are secured by Liens on property
or assets of the Issuers or any Guarantor of the type constituting the Collateral and the related Liens are incurred in reliance on clause (8) of the definition of Permitted Liens or (y) Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
subsequently enter into any Receivables Financing, then Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be required to reinstitute the security arrangements with respect to the Collateral in favor of the Notes, which, in the case of any such
subsequent First-Priority Lien Obligations, will be second-priority Liens on the Collateral securing such First-Priority Lien Obligations to the same extent provided by the Security Documents and on the terms and conditions of the security documents
relating to such First-Priority Lien Obligations, with the second-priority Lien held either by the administrative agent, collateral agent or other representative for such First-Priority Lien Obligations or by a collateral agent or other
representative designated by Holdings to hold the second-priority Liens for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes and subject to an intercreditor agreement that provides the administrative agent or collateral agent substantially the same rights
and powers as afforded under the Intercreditor Agreement; 

  

	 	(2)	to enable the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the Collateral as permitted under Section 4.06;

  

	 	(3)	in the case of a Guarantor that is released from its Guarantee with respect to the Notes, the release of the property and assets of such Guarantor;

  

	 	(4)	if the Notes have been discharged or defeased pursuant to Section 8.01; 

 

	 	(5)	in the case of a Guarantor making a Permitted Transfer to any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings; provided that such Permitted Transfer is permitted by clause
(y) of the last paragraph of Article 5; 

  

	 	(6)	in respect of the property and assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor, upon the designation of such Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary in
accordance with Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” under Section 1.01; 

  

	 	(7)	 in respect of the property and assets of a Guarantor that at any time is not subject to a Lien securing First Priority Lien Obligations at such time;

  
 104

	 	 
provided that if such property and assets is subsequently subject to a Lien securing First Priority Lien Obligations (other than assets excluded from the Collateral), such property and assets
shall subsequently constitute Collateral hereunder; or 

  

	 	(8)	pursuant to an amendment or waiver in accordance with Article 9 of this Indenture. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default under this Indenture exists on the date on which the First-Priority Lien
Obligations are repaid in full and terminated (including all commitments and letters of credit thereunder), the second-priority Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes will not be released, except to the extent the Collateral or any portion
thereof was disposed of in order to repay the First-Priority Lien Obligations secured by the Collateral, and thereafter the Trustee (acting at the direction of the holders of a majority of outstanding principal amount of the Notes) will have the
right to direct the Intercreditor Agent to foreclose upon the Collateral (but in such event, the Liens on the Collateral securing the Notes will be released when such Event of Default and all other Events of Default under this Indenture cease to
exist). 
 Upon receipt of such Officers’ Certificate and any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction
or release prepared by the Issuers, the Collateral Agent shall execute, deliver or acknowledge such instruments or releases to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Security Documents or
the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 (b) Except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreement, no Collateral may be released
from the Lien and security interest created by the Security Documents unless the Officers’ Certificate required by this Section 11.03, dated not more than five days prior to the date of the application for such release, has been delivered
to the Collateral Agent and the Trustee (if the Trustee is not then the Collateral Agent). 
 (c) At any time when a Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise) and the Trustee (if not then the Collateral Agent) has delivered a notice of acceleration to the Collateral
Agent, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture or the Security Documents will be effective as against the Holders, except as otherwise provided in the Intercreditor Agreement. 

SECTION 11.04. Permitted Releases Not To Impair Lien; Trust Indenture Act Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the
terms hereof and of the Security Documents or the release of, in whole or in part, the Liens created by the Security Documents, will not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the
extent the Collateral or Liens are released pursuant to (x) the applicable Security Documents and the terms of this Article 11 or (y) the Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee and each of the Holders acknowledge that a release of
Collateral or a Lien strictly in accordance with the terms of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and of this Article 11 will not be deemed for any purpose to be in contravention of the terms of this

  
 105

 
Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Issuers and each obligor on the Notes shall cause TIA § 313(b), relating to reports, and TIA § 314(d), relating to the release of
property or securities from the Lien hereof and of the Security Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by § 314(d) of the TIA may be made by an officer of the Issuers, except in cases which § 314(d)
of the TIA requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent person, which person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee and the Collateral Agent in the exercise of
reasonable care. 
 SECTION 11.05. Certificates of the Trustee. In the event that the Issuers wish to release Collateral
in accordance with this Indenture and the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement at a time when the Trustee is not itself also the Collateral Agent and the Issuers have delivered the certificates and documents required by the Security
Documents and Section 11.03 hereof, the Trustee will determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA § 314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination, will deliver a certificate to the
Collateral Agent setting forth such determination. 
 SECTION 11.06. Suits To Protect the Collateral. Subject to the
provisions of Article 7 hereof, the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Holders, on behalf of the Holders, may or may direct the Collateral Agent to take all
actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to: 
 (a) enforce any of the terms of the Security Documents; and

 (b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Issuers hereunder.

 Subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall have power to
institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of any of the Security Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and
proceedings as the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the
enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Lien on the
Collateral or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders or the Trustee). 
 SECTION 11.07. Authorization of Receipt of
Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents. Subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make
further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.08. Purchaser
Protected. In no event shall any purchaser in good faith of any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Collateral Agent or the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of
any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or to see to the 

  
 106

 
application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor shall any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article 11 to be sold be
under any obligation to ascertain or inquire into the authority of the Issuers or the applicable Guarantor to make any such sale or other transfer. 
 SECTION 11.09. Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral shall be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this
Article 11 upon the Issuers or a Guarantor with respect to the release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee shall be deemed the equivalent
of any similar instrument of the Issuers or a Guarantor or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article 11; and if the Trustee shall be in the possession of the Collateral under any provision of this Indenture,
then such powers may be exercised by the Trustee. 
 SECTION 11.10. Release Upon Termination of the Issuers’
Obligations. In the event that the Issuers deliver to the Trustee, in form and substance acceptable to it, an Officers’ Certificate certifying that all the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Security Documents have been
satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of Article 8 and Section 7.07 or by the payment in full of the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents, and all such obligations have
been so satisfied, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuers and the Collateral Agent a notice stating that the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, disclaims and gives up any and all rights it has in or to the Collateral (other than with respect to
funds held by the Trustee pursuant to Article 8), and any rights it has under the Security Documents, and upon receipt by the Collateral Agent of such notice, the Collateral Agent shall be deemed not to hold a Lien in the Collateral on behalf of the
Trustee and shall do or cause to be done all acts reasonably necessary to release such Lien as soon as is reasonably practicable. 
 SECTION 11.11. Collateral Agent. (a) The Trustee shall initially act as Collateral Agent and shall be authorized to appoint co-Collateral Agents as necessary in its sole discretion. Except as
otherwise explicitly provided herein or in the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or
realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral
or any part thereof. The Collateral Agent shall be accountable only for amounts that it actually receives as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents shall be
responsible for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for its own willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith. 

(b) The Trustee, as Collateral Agent, is authorized and directed to (i) enter into the Collateral Agreement Joinder and any other
Security Documents, (ii) enter into the Intercreditor Agreement Joinder, (iii) bind the Holders on the terms as set forth in the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) perform and observe its obligations under the
Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. 

  
 107

  
 (c) If the Issuers
(i) Incur First-Priority Lien Obligations at any time when no intercreditor agreement is in effect or at any time when Indebtedness constituting First-Priority Lien Obligations entitled to the benefit of an existing Intercreditor Agreement is
concurrently retired, and (ii) delivers to the Collateral Agent an Officers’ Certificate so stating and requesting the Collateral Agent to enter into an intercreditor agreement (on substantially the same terms as the Intercreditor
Agreement in effect on the Issue Date) in favor of a designated agent or representative for the holders of the First-Priority Lien Obligations so Incurred, the Collateral Agent shall (and is hereby authorized and directed to) enter into such
intercreditor agreement, bind the Holders on the terms set forth therein and perform and observe its obligations thereunder. 

SECTION 11.12. Designations. Except as provided in the next sentence, for purposes of the provisions hereof and the Intercreditor
Agreement requiring the Issuers to designate Indebtedness for the purposes of the terms “First-Priority Lien Obligations” and “Other Second-Lien Obligations” or any other such designations hereunder or under the Intercreditor
Agreement, any such designation shall be sufficient if the relevant designation is set forth in writing, signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Intercreditor Agent. For all purposes
hereof and the Intercreditor Agreement, the Issuers hereby designate the Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Existing Senior Secured Notes as in effect on the Issue Date as “First-Priority Lien Obligations.” 

ARTICLE 12 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
 ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 

SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or
conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall
control. 
 SECTION 13.02. Notices. (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in
writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows: 
 if to
the Issuers or a Guarantor: 
 Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc. 

180 East Broad St. 
 Columbus, OH 43215 
 Attention of: General Counsel 

Facsimile: (614) 225-3354 

  
 108

  
 if
to the Trustee: 
 Wilmington Trust Company 

1100 North Market Street 
 Wilmington, DE 19890-1615 
 Attention of: Corporate Capital
Markets 
 Facsimile: (302) 636-4145 
 The Issuers or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

(b) Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the Holder at the Holder’s address as it
appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed. 

(c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received. 

SECTION 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders. The Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the
TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA. 

SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee
to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to
the proposed action have been complied with; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 13.05.
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 

(a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 109

  
 (c) a statement that,
in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with;
provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 13.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers,
any Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers or any Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be
considered in any such determination. 
 SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may
make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of the Holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that
would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 

SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. No affiliate, director, officer, employee,
incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in Holdings, the Issuers or of any Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation of Holdings, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the
Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under this Indenture or its
Guarantee. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
 SECTION 13.11. Successors.
All agreements of the Issuers and each Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 

  
 110

  
 SECTION 13.13.
Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and
shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 13.14. Indenture Controls. If and to the
extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
 SECTION 13.15. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 13.16. Currency of Account; Conversion of Currency; Foreign Exchange Restrictions. (a) U.S. Dollars are the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuers and
the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, including damages related thereto. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. Dollars by a Holder (whether as a result of, or of the
enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuers or otherwise) in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuers or a Guarantor shall only constitute a discharge to
the Issuers or any such Guarantor to the extent of the U.S. Dollar amount, which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not
practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. Dollar amount is less than the U.S. Dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under the applicable Notes, the
Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify it against any loss sustained by it as a result as set forth in Section 13.16(b). In any event, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such
purchase. For the purposes of this Section 13.16, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S.
Dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. Dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being
required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). 
 (b) The Issuers and the Guarantors,
jointly and severally, covenant and agree that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture: 

(1) (A) If for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes
necessary to convert into a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) an amount due in any other currency (the “Base Currency”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on
which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine). 

  
 111

  
 (B) If there is a
change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the
amount due, the Issuers and the Guarantors will pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the Judgment Currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the
date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due. 
 (2) In the event of the
winding-up of the Issuers or any Guarantor at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Issuers and the
Guarantors shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the foreign currency equivalent of the amount due or
contingently due under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture (other than under this subsection (b)(2)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (ii) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For
the purpose of this subsection (b)(2), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Issuers or any Guarantor shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable
law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Issuers or such Guarantor may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto. 

(A) The obligations contained in subsections (a), (b)(1)(B) and (b)(2) of this Section 13.16 shall constitute separate and
independent obligations from the other obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors under this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Issuers and the Guarantors, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or
extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or either of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Issuers or any
Guarantor for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under subsection (b)(2) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the
Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Issuers or any Guarantor or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of subsection (b)(2) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not
be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution. 

  
 112

  
 (B) The term
“rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Reuters at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) for spot purchases of the Base Currency with the Judgment Currency other than the Base Currency referred to in subsections (b)(1) and
(b)(2) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable. 
 SECTION 13.17. Appointment of Service of Process
Agent by Canadian Issuer; Waivers. (a) The Canadian Issuer irrevocably appoints Corporation Service Company, 521 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10175, as its agent to receive and forward any writs, process and summonses in any suit,
action or proceeding brought in connection with this Indenture or the Notes against the Canadian Issuer in any court of the State of New York or any United States federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City and has agreed that
such appointment shall be so long as the Notes remain outstanding or until the appointment by the Canadian Issuer of a successor in The City of New York as its agent for such purpose and the acceptance of such appointment by such successor. If for
any reason such agent shall cease to be available to act as such (including by reason of the failure of such agent to maintain an office in New York City), the Canadian Issuer agrees promptly to designate a new agent in New York City, on the terms
and for the purposes of this Section. 
 (b) To the extent that the Canadian Issuer has or hereafter may acquire any immunity
from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process, the Canadian Issuer will waive such immunity and will agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any suit, action or proceeding the defense of sovereign immunity or
any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts by reason of sovereign immunity or otherwise, or that it is immune from any legal process (whether through service of notice, attachment prior to judgment,
attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property or from attachment either prior to judgment or in aid of execution by reason of sovereign immunity. 

  
 113

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	MOMENTIVE SPECIALTY CHEMICALS INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	BORDEN CHEMICAL INVESTMENTS, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	BORDEN CHEMICAL FOUNDRY, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INDENTURE] 

  
 
			
	HSC CAPITAL CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	LAWTER INTERNATIONAL INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	BORDEN CHEMICAL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	OILFIELD TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	HEXION CI HOLDING COMPANY (CHINA) LLC
		
	By:	 	Lawter International Inc., as sole managing member
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	NL COOP HOLDINGS LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INDENTURE] 

  
 
			
	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	/s/ Authorized Signatory
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INDENTURE] 

  
 APPENDIX A 

RULE 144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES, 
 PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES AND
EXCHANGE NOTES 
  

	1.	Definitions 

  

	 	1.1	Definitions 

 For the
purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Applicable Procedures”
means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository for such a Temporary Regulation S Global Note, to the extent applicable to
such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or
Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note bearing, if required, the appropriate restricted notes legend set forth in Section 2.3(e). 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first
offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes. 

“Exchange Notes” means the exchange notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes in connection with the Registered Exchange
Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that
caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor”,
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act. 
 “Initial
Notes” means the initial $574,016,000 in aggregate principal amount of 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 issued on the Issue Date. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit
Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, UBS Securities LLC and BMO Capital Markets, and (b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the
Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

  
 “Notes”
means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian
with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto, and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Private Exchange” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchasers and/or the Sponsor to issue and deliver to each such Initial Purchaser
and/or Sponsor, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by such Initial Purchaser as part of the initial distribution of such Initial Notes and/or held by such Sponsor, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes. 

“Private Exchange Notes” means any private exchange notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes in connection with a Private
Exchange. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means (a) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
(i) the Purchase Agreement dated October 27, 2010, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and (ii) the Notes Exchange Agreement dated November 5, 2010, among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Sponsor, and
(b) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes. 

“QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuers, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of
Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 

“Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable Exhibit to this Indenture.

 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement issued by the Issuers in connection with the offer and sale of
Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
means Notes that bear or are required to bear a legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e). 

  
 2 

  

	 	1.2	Other Definitions 

  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section:	 
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	2.1	(b) 
	 “Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Regulation S”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	 	2.1	(a) 

  

	2.	The Notes 

2.1(a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the Issuers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The
Initial Notes will be resold initially by the Initial Purchasers only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in
reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, IAIs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth
herein. Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”); Initial Notes
initially resold to IAIs shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”); and Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S
shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and with the global notes legend and the
applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee
of the Depository, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be
exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, a permanent global note (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”, and together with the Temporary Regulation S Global Note, the “Regulation S Global
Note”) or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or
the Permanent Regulation S Global Note only upon certification in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that (i) beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S.
persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act and (ii) in the case of an exchange for an IAI Global Note, certification that the interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global
Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” under the Securities Act that is an 

  
 3 

 
institutional accredited investor acquiring the notes for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor. 

Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes (after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period) or IAI Global
Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the
IAI Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred to a Person (a) who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and
(c) in accordance with all applicable notes laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial
interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes (after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period) and Rule 144A Global Notes may be exchanged for an interest in IAI Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a
transfer of the notes in compliance with an exemption under the Securities Act and (2) the transferor of the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate
(substantially in the form of Exhibit 2) to the effect that (A) the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred (a) to an “accredited investor” within the meaning of
501(a)(1),(2),(3) and (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional investor acquiring the notes for its own account or for the account of such an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the
notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and (B) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United
States and other jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be transferred
to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate
(in the form provided in this Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note are
collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as
hereinafter provided. 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global
Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. 
 The Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this
Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be 

  
 4 

 
registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to
such Depository’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository. 
 Members of, or participants in,
the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Note, and the
Issuers, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall
prevent the Issuers, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuers, the Guarantors or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the
Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 

(c) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial
interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
  

	 	2.2	Authentication 

 The
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $574,016,000 Initial Notes, (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in the written order of
the Issuers pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for a
like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Issuers signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuers. Such order shall specify the amount of the
Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance and Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in
compliance with Section 4.03 of the Indenture. 
  

	 	2.3	Transfer and Exchange 

 (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 

(x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met;
provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

  
 5 

  
 (i)
shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted notes legend, they are being transferred or exchanged
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in
the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 
 (B) if such
Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Issuers, a certification to that effect; or 
 (C) if such
Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the
Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Issuers so request, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the
restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive
Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the
requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 

(i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being
transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) being transferred to an IAI or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to
a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note; and 
 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a
transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)), IAI Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B) or Permanent Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(C)) to reflect an increase in the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depository account to be credited with
such increase, 

  
 6 

 
then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository
and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note
to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to
the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes, IAI Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon
written order of the Issuers in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuers, a new Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. 

(i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in
accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written
order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such
instructions, instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global
Note being transferred. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global
Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the
principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.

 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix (other than the provisions set forth in
Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such
nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 
 (iv) In the event that a Global
Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix, prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be
exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification 

  
 7 

 
requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities
Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Issuers. 
 (d) Restrictions on
Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable
Procedures and only (i) to the Issuers, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note), (iii) pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any State of the United States. 
 (e) Legend. 
 (i) Except as permitted by the following
paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof), in the case of Notes offered otherwise than in reliance on Regulation S, shall bear
a legend in substantially the following form: 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM.
EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE ISSUERS, (II) WITHIN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER
CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION
OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN 

  
 8 

 
COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO EXEMPTION
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI), IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY
APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. 

Each certificate evidencing a Note offered in reliance on Regulation S shall, in lieu of the foregoing, bear a legend in substantially
the following form: 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

Each Definitive Note shall also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS
SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit
the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies
in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note). 

(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to and during the period of the
effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note will cease to

  
 9 

 
apply, the requirements requiring any such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or
Private Exchange Note or an Initial Note or Private Exchange Note in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon exchange of
such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. 

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining
to such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form,
in each case without the restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto, will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 

(v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such
Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Private Exchange Notes in global form with the global
notes legend and the applicable restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Private Exchange. 
 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such
Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or
canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global
Note, by the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery
to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given
to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository 

  
 10 

 
subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its
members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants,
members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and
to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
  

	 	2.4	Certificated Notes 

 (a) A
Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depository for such Global Note and the Depository fails to appoint a successor depositary or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depository is
not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Issuers, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance
of Definitive Notes under this Indenture. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant
to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without
charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to
this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive
Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the applicable restricted notes legend and definitive note legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to
grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Issuers shall promptly make
available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of 

  
 11 

 
Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons. In the event that such Definitive Notes are not issued, the Issuers expressly acknowledge, with respect to the
right of any Holder to pursue a remedy pursuant to Section 6.06 of this Indenture, the right of any beneficial owner of Notes to pursue such remedy with respect to the portion of the Global Note that represents such beneficial owner’s
Notes as if such Definitive Notes had been issued. 
  

	 	2.5	Initial Sponsor Note 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Appendix, 
 (i) the Initial Note issued to the Sponsors pursuant to the Notes Exchange Agreement dated November 5, 2010 among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Sponsors will be a Definitive Note (or Definitive
Notes) in physical form bearing the first paragraph of the legend relating to restrictions on transfer relating to the Securities Act set forth in Section 2.3(e) (each such Definitive Note, an “Initial Sponsor Note”); 

(ii) the Initial Sponsor Note (or any Private Exchange Note(s) issued in exchange therefor) may be transferred, in whole or in part, only
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and 
 (iii) the Initial Sponsor Note (or any Private Exchange Note(s) issued in exchange therefor) may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for a beneficial interest in a Global Note or an Exchange Note, as
applicable, in which other beneficial interests exist, only if the portion of such Initial Sponsor Note that is being exchanged (a) is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (b) has not
been owned by the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers during the six month period preceding such exchange, (c) is being transferred in connection with a transfer pursuant to Rule 144, subject to receipt by the Trustee of such documentation
as it shall reasonably request pursuant to the Indenture or (d) in the Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee, the beneficial owner can hold a beneficial interest in the Global Note or Exchange Note, as applicable, in which other
beneficial interests exist without adversely affecting the ability of beneficial owners of interests in the Global Note or Exchange Note that are not Affiliates of the Issuers to transfer such interests pursuant to Rule 144 or pursuant any other
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 If requested by one of the Sponsors, the Issuers and
Guarantors will use commercially reasonable efforts to exchange the Initial Sponsor Note(s) (or any Private Exchange Note(s) issued in exchange therefor) issued as a Definitive Note in physical form for a new global security (with its own CUSIP/ISIN
number) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or a nominee thereof and otherwise subject to the same rights and restrictions on transfer or exchange as the Initial Sponsor Note(s) (or any Private Exchange Note(s)
issued in exchange therefor), and will use commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions that may be necessary, and execute and deliver such documents as may be reasonably required, to deposit such global security in the DTC clearing system
(including, without limitation, delivering to DTC a letter of representations in DTC’s standard form). In no event shall such exchange be effected unless (i) suitable provisions shall have been made to ensure that the holders of such
Initial Sponsor Note (or any Private Exchange Note(s) issued in exchange therefor) shall be, 

  
 12 

 
immediately after such exchange, the beneficial owners of such global security (it being understood that, thereafter, the term “holders” as used herein shall refer to such beneficial
owners and their successors and assigns hereunder) and (ii) such exchange shall not violate any applicable law. 

  
 13 

  
 EXHIBIT 1 to Rule
144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR
TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN
INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR
TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF
NOTES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.] 

[Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered Otherwise than in Reliance on Regulation S] 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE
SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 
 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR 

 
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE ISSUERS, (II) WITHIN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT,
PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (V) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF
THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend for Notes Offered in Reliance on Regulation
S.] 
 THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S.
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 
 [Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend] 
 EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW,
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO
NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON
CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT

  
 2 

 
REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD,
PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE ISSUERS, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. 
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD,
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND (2) THE
TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR
REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE
144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH
EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED
TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO
SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUERS THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED
STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 

  
 3 

  
 BENEFICIAL INTERESTS
IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY
IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).

 [Definitive Notes Legend] 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE
TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 4 

  
 HEXION U.S. FINANCE
CORP. 
 HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC 
 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 
 144A CUSIP No.
[    ]   
 144A ISIN No. [    ]   

REG S CUSIP No. [    ]   
 REG S ISIN No. [    ]* 
  

	 No. [    ] 
	 $ [    ]   

HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation, and HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company,
jointly and severally, promise to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars
($[            ]) on November 15, 2020. 
 Interest Payment
Dates: May 15 and November 15 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Dated: November 5, 2010 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 

 

	*	The Initial Note issued to the Sponsor pursuant to the Notes Exchange Agreement dated November 5, 2010 among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Sponsor will be a
Definitive Note in physical form, and may have its own CUSIP/ISIN number if requested by the Sponsor. 

  
 5 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have
caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: 
  

			
	HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP.
		
	by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC
		
	by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  

					
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
	
	 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

			
		 	by	 	 
		 		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 6 

  
 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE
OF INITIAL NOTE] 
 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes Due 2020 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Hexion U.S.
Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (such Persons, and their respective successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
“Issuers”), jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 9.00%; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement)
occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to
a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the earlier of (x) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured and (y) the date
which is two years from the Issue Date. The Issuers will pay interest semiannually in arrears to the holders of record of the Notes on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011. Interest on the Notes will accrue
from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers will pay interest on overdue principal at
the rate borne by this Note plus 1.00% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The
Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled
after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
the Depository. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a
certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such
effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 

 

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wilmington Trust Company (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar

 
without notice. Holdings or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 

 

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuers
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 5, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture
by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject
to all such terms, and holders of the Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 
 The
Notes are secured obligations of the Issuers and consist of 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes Due 2020, including any Additional Notes that may be issued after the Issue Date. The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit
the ability of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to
secure indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and engage in sale/leaseback transactions. These
covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications contained in the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

Except as set forth below, the Issuers shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes. 

On and after November 15, 2015, the Issuers shall be entitled at their option on one or more occasions to redeem all or a portion of
the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any,
to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on November 15th of the years set
forth below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
		
	 2015
	  	 	104.500	% 
		
	 2016
	  	 	103.000	% 
		
	 2017
	  	 	101.500	% 
		
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

  
 2 

  
 In addition, prior to
November 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered
address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of
holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Notwithstanding
the foregoing, prior to November 15, 2013, the Issuers shall upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, be entitled at their option on one or more occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price of 109% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds from one or more
Equity Offerings (1) by Holdings or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, in each case, to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of Holdings or used to purchase Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings from it; provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of each such redemption; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the consummation of the related Equity Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes
in the open market or otherwise. 
 Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion
thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at Holding’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 

 

	6.	Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes 

 The Issuers may redeem all Notes, at their option, at any time as a whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuers have become or would
become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to such Notes, any Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes as a result of: 

(1) a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations promulgated thereunder) of Canada (or any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein); or 
 (2) any change in or amendment to any
official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations, 

  
 3 

  
 which change or amendment is announced
or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date and the Issuers cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuers. 
 Prior to publishing or mailing notice of redemption of any Notes as described above, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Issuers cannot avoid
their obligation to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such Notes by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuers. The Issuers shall also deliver an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuers
would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such Notes as a result of a change in tax laws or regulations or the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations. 

 

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on
such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	8.	Put Provisions 

 The
occurrence of any Change of Control will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture unless the Issuers (i)(A) make an offer within 30 days following such Change of Control to all holders of the Notes to purchase all the Notes properly
tendered (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) and additional interest, if any, to the
date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); and (B) purchase all the Notes properly tendered in accordance with the Change of Control
Offer or (ii) exercise their right, within 30 days following such Change of Control, to redeem all the Notes as described under paragraph 5 of this Note. 
  

	9.	Guarantee 

 The payment
by the Issuers of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

 

	10.	Security 

 The Notes will
be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents, such security interest to be second in priority to security interests granted for the benefit of holders of First-Priority
Lien Obligations. The Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder,

  
 4 

 
by accepting this Note, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Intercreditor
Agreement in effect or as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Agreement Joinder, any other Security Documents and the
Intercreditor Agreement Joinder, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith. 
  

	11.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The
Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange
any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an
interest payment date. 
  

	12.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	13.	Unclaimed Money 

 If
money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment,
Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	14.	Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of their and
the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or, in certain cases, U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as
the case may be. 
  

	15.	Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (a) the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement and
the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes voting as a single class (which consents may be obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the
Notes) and (b) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes voting as a single class (which consents may be obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, 

  
 5 

 
without the consent of any Noteholder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall be entitled to amend the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes to
cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the
Notes, including Guarantees, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional assets as Collateral, or to release Collateral when permitted or required under the Indenture or the Security Documents, or to add additional secured creditors holding other
second priority obligations or additional First Priority Lien Obligations so long as such obligations are not prohibited by the Indenture, or to additional covenants or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuers or the Guarantors, or to
conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision of the section captioned “Description of Notes” in the Offering Circular to the extent such provision was intended by the
Issuers to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, to make
certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to make amendments to provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and
legending of the Notes. 
  

	16.	Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (b) default in
payment of principal on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon acceleration or otherwise, or the failure by the Issuers to redeem or purchase Notes when required; (c) failure by the Issuers or
certain Subsidiaries to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other
Indebtedness of the Issuers if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $35.0 million; (e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Significant Subsidiaries; (f) certain
judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $35.0 million; (g) certain defaults with respect to Guarantees; and (h) certain defaults relating to the Collateral under the Security Documents. If an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. Certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default. 
 Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably
satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default
(except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders. 

  
 6 

  

	17.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	18.	No Recourse Against Others 

 A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuers or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under the Indenture or its Guarantee. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder
waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	19.	Authentication 

 This
Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	20.	Abbreviations 

 Customary
abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian),
and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

  

	22.	Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement 

 Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the
indemnification of the Issuers to the extent provided therein. 

  
 7 

  

	23.	Governing Law 

 THIS
NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 The Issuers will
furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc. 

180 East Broad St. 
 Columbus, OH 43215 
 Attention: General Counsel 

  
 8 

  
  

ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this
Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably appoint
                     agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  
  

									
	 Date:
	 	 	  	Your Signature:	 	 	  	

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act after the later
of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

to the Issuers; or 
  

	 	(1)	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

 

	 	(2)	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own
account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or

  

	 	(3)	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities
Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(4)	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

  

	 	(5)	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the
Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements. 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked,
the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee
shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuers has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption
from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

			
	
Signature                       
                                         
    
	 	

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

							
	
Signature must be guaranteed                 
                                         
  
	 		 	Signature	  	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 

  
 2 

  
 TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own
account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware
that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuers as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such
information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

									
	 Dated:
	 	 	 		 		  	
		 		 		 	 Notice: To be executed by
 an executive officer
	  	

  
 3 

  
 [TO BE ATTACHED TO
GLOBAL NOTES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal amount of
this Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal amount of
this Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
officer of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

  
 4 

  
 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the
Indenture, check the box: 
  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture,
state the amount in principal amount: $                             

 

									
	 Dated:
	 	 	  	        Your Signature:	 	 	  	
		 		  		 	 (Sign exactly as your name

appears on the other side
 of this
Note.)
	  	

  

									
	 Signature Guarantee:
	 	 	  	
		 	 (Signature must be
guaranteed)                
	  	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 5 

  
 EXHIBIT A 

FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE 
 OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE*/**/ 
  
  

 

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1 captioned “[TO BE
ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES] - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”. 

  

	**/	If the Note is a Private Exchange Note issued in a Private Exchange to an Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment or to the Sponsor, add
the Restricted Notes Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit A with the Assignment Form included in such Exhibit 1. 

  
 HEXION U.S. FINANCE
CORP. 
 HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC 
 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 
 CUSIP No.
[            ] 
 ISIN No.
[            ] 

			
	No. [            ]	  	$ [            ]

HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation, and HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company,
jointly and severally, promise to pay to [            ], or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [            ] Dollars
($[            ]) on November 15, 2020. 
 Interest Payment
Dates: May 15 and November 15 
 Record Dates: May 1 and November 1 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 

Dated: 
 [SIGNATURE PAGE
FOLLOWS] 

  
 2 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
 Dated: 

HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP. 
  

							
				
		 		 	by	 	 
		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

 HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC

  

							
				
		 		 	by	 	 
		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF 

    AUTHENTICATION 
  

					
	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
		 	  
 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of

the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

			
		 	by	 	 
		 		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 3 

  
 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE
OF EXCHANGE NOTE OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes Due 2020 

 

	1.	Interest 

 Hexion U.S.
Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (such Persons, and their successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the
“Issuers”), jointly and severally, promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 9.00%[; provided, however, that if a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights
Agreement) occurs, additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate of 0.25% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.25% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default
occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the earlier of (x) the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured and
(y) the date which is two years from the Issue Date.]1
The Issuers will pay interest semiannually in arrears to the holders of record of the Notes on May 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing May 15, 2011. Interest on the
Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuers will pay interest on
overdue principal at the rate borne by this Note plus 1.00% per annum, and it will pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

 

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The
Issuers will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on the May 1 or November 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled
after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuers will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by
the Depository. The Issuers will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on a
certificated Note will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to

  

	1	 Insert if at the date of issuance of the Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note (as the case may be) any Registration Default has occurred with respect
to the related Initial Notes during the interest period in which such date of issuance occurs. 

  

 
such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, Wilmington Trust Company (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice.
Holdings or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuers
issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 5, 2010 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture
by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “Act”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are subject
to all such terms, and holders of the Notes are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms. 
 The
Notes are secured obligations of the Issuers and consist of 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes Due 2020, including any Additional Notes that may be issued after the Issue Date. The Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit
the ability of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness; pay dividends or distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments; engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets to
secure indebtedness; transfer or sell assets; guarantee indebtedness; restrict dividends or other payments of subsidiaries; consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets; and engage in sale/leaseback transactions. These
covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications contained in the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

Except as set forth below, the Issuers shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes. 

On and after November 15, 2015, the Issuers shall be entitled at their option on one or more occasions to redeem all or a portion
of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if
any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on November 15th of the years
set forth below: 

  
 2 

  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption
Price	 
		
	 2015
	  	 	104.500	% 
		
	 2016
	  	 	103.000	% 
		
	 2017
	  	 	101.500	% 
		
	 2018 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to
November 15, 2015, the Issuers may redeem the Notes at their option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered
address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of
holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to November 15, 2013, the Issuers shall upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’
notice, be entitled at their option on one or more occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes
Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price of 109% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings (1) by Holdings or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of Holdings, in each case, to the
extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of Holdings or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of Holdings from it; provided, however, that (1) at least 65% of such
aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption; and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the consummation of the
related Equity Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers may at any time and from time to time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
 Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at Holding’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions
precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related Equity Offering. 
  

	6.	Redemption for Changes in Withholding Taxes 

 The Issuers may redeem all Notes, at their option, at any time as a whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest 

  
 3 

 
payment date), in the event the Issuers have become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to such Notes, any Additional Amounts with
respect to the Notes as a result of: 
 (1) a change in or an amendment to the laws (including any regulations
promulgated thereunder) of Canada (or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein); or 

(2) any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application or interpretation of such laws or
regulations, 
 which change or amendment is announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date and the Issuers cannot avoid such
obligation by taking reasonable measures available to the Issuers. 
 Prior to publishing or mailing notice of redemption of
any Notes as described above, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that the Issuers cannot avoid their obligation to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such Notes by taking reasonable measures
available to the Issuers. The Issuers shall also deliver an opinion of independent legal counsel of recognized standing stating that the Issuers would be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such Notes as a result of a change in tax
laws or regulations or the application or interpretation of such laws or regulations. 
  

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each
Holder of Notes to be redeemed at his registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 principal amount may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on
such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	8.	Put Provisions 

 The
occurrence of any Change of Control will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture unless the Issuers (i)(A) make an offer within 30 days following such Change of Control to all holders of the Notes to purchase all the Notes properly
tendered (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price (the “Change of Control Purchase Price”) equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) and additional interest, if any, to the
date of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); and (B) purchase all the Notes properly tendered in accordance with the Change of Control
Offer or (ii) exercise their right, within 30 days following such Change of Control, to redeem all the Notes as described under paragraph 5 of this Note. 

  
 4 

  

	9.	Guarantee 

 The payment
by the Issuers of the principal of, and premium and interest on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several basis by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture. 

 

	10.	Security 

 The Notes
will be secured by the Collateral on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents, such security interest to be second in priority to security interests granted for the benefit of holders of
First-Priority Lien Obligations. The Collateral Agent holds the Collateral in trust for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders pursuant to the Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, consents and
agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) and the Intercreditor Agreement in effect or as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and
the Indenture and authorizes and directs the Collateral Agent to enter into the Collateral Agreement Joinder, any other Security Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement Joinder, and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in
accordance therewith. 
  

	11.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The
Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange
any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days before an
interest payment date. 
  

	12.	Persons Deemed Owners 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 

 

	13.	Unclaimed Money 

 If
money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuers at their request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment,
Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Issuers and not to the Trustee for payment. 
  

	14.	Discharge and Defeasance 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Issuers at any time shall be entitled to terminate some or all of their
and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuers deposit with the Trustee money or, in certain cases, U.S. 

  
 5 

 
Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 

 

	15.	Amendment, Waiver 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (a) the Indenture, the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement
and the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes voting as a single class (which consents may be obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for
the Notes) and (b) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes voting as a single class (which consents may be obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall be entitled to amend the Indenture,
the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect, mistake or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place
of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, including Guarantees, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional assets as Collateral, or to release Collateral when permitted or required under the Indenture or the Security
Documents, or to add additional secured creditors holding other second priority obligations or additional First Priority Lien Obligations so long as such obligations are not prohibited by the Indenture, or to additional covenants or surrender rights
and powers conferred on the Issuers or the Guarantors, or to conform the text of the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision of the section captioned “Description of Notes” in the
Offering Circular to the extent such provision was intended by the Issuers to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, the Notes, the Security Documents or the Intercreditor Agreement, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in
connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Act, to make certain changes to the Indenture to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to make amendments
to provisions of the Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of the Notes. 
  

	16.	Defaults and Remedies 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (a) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Notes; (b) default
in payment of principal on the Notes at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon acceleration or otherwise, or the failure by the Issuers to redeem or purchase Notes when required; (c) failure by the Issuers or
certain Subsidiaries to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (d) certain accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other
Indebtedness of the Issuers if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $35.0 million; (e) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Significant Subsidiaries; (f) certain
judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $35.0 million; (g) certain defaults with respect to Guarantees; and (h) certain defaults relating to the Collateral under the Security Documents. If an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all such Notes to be due and payable immediately, 

  
 6 

 
subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon
the occurrence of such Events of Default. 
 Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the
Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the
Holders. 
  

	17.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuers 

 Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Issuers or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 

 

	18.	No Recourse Against Others 

 A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Issuers or the Trustee shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based
on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation; provided, however, the foregoing will not affect or limit any liability of any Guarantor under the Indenture or its Guarantee. By accepting a Note, each Noteholder
waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes. 
  

	19.	Authentication 

 This
Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 

 

	20.	Abbreviations 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants
by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act). 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers 

 Pursuant
to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Noteholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers 

  
 7 

 
either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

 

	22.	[Holders’ Compliance with Registration Rights Agreement 

 Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the
indemnification of the Issuers to the extent provided therein.]2 
  

	23.	Governing Law 

 THIS
NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 The Issuers will
furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to: 

Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc. 

180 East Broad St. 
 Columbus, OH 43215 
 Attention: General Counsel 

 

	2	Delete if this Note is not being issued in exchange for an Initial Note. 

  
 8 

  
  

ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this
Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.) 
 and irrevocably
appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

  
  

 

			
	
Date:                     

	  	Your Signature:                          
                                         
                                         
 

  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

  
 OPTION OF HOLDER TO
ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the
Indenture, check the box: 
  ̈ 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.06 or 4.08 of the Indenture,
state the amount in principal amount: $                                

  

							
	
Dated:                       
          
	    	 	Your
Signature:                                       
                  
		    				    	(Sign exactly as your name appears
on the other side of this Note.)

  

	
	 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
                                         
                                         
            

	 (Signature must be guaranteed)

	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 2 

  
 EXHIBIT 2 to Rule
144A/REGULATION S/IAI APPENDIX 
 Form of 
 Transferee Letter of Representation 
 Hexion U.S. Finance Corp. 

Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC 
 In care of

 [            ] 
 [            ] 

[            ] 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of
$[            ] principal amount of the 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”) of Hexion U.S. Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, and Hexion Nova
Scotia Finance, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (the “Issuers”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be
registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

Name:                        
                     

Address:                       
                   
 Taxpayer ID
Number:                     
 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional
“accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional
“accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge
and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase notes similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts
for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes
have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer,
sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto)
(the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (i) to the Issuers, (ii) in the United States to a person whom the seller 

 
reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (iii) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of
Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is an institutional accredited investor purchasing for its own account or for the account of an institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal
amount of the Notes of $250,000, (iv) outside the United States in a transaction complying with the provisions of Rule 904 under the Securities Act, (v) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule
144 (if available) or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each of cases (i) through (vi) subject to any requirement of law that the disposition of our property or the property of such
investor account or accounts be at all times within our or their control and in compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any
resale or other transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (iii) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to
the Issuers and the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it
is acquiring such Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuers and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the
Resale Restriction Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuers and the Trustee.

TRANSFEREE:                 
               , 

                by:   
                          

  
 2 

  
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE TO BE 
 DELIVERED BY ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS] 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
[            ] among [            ] (the “Additional Subsidiary Guarantor”), a
[            ] corporation and a [direct][indirect] subsidiary of Momentive Specialty Chemicals Inc. (or its permitted successor) (“Holdings”), Hexion U.S. Finance Corp., a
Delaware corporation and Hexion Nova Scotia Finance, ULC, a Nova Scotia unlimited liability company (the “Issuers”), and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

W I T N E S S E T H : 

WHEREAS the Issuers, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (the
“Indenture”), dated as of November 5, 2010, providing for the issuance of the 9.0% Second-Priority Senior Secured Notes due 2020 (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 4.11 and Section 10.06 of the Indenture provide that under certain circumstances Holdings will cause the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a
guaranty agreement pursuant to which the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor will Guarantee payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(iv) of the Indenture, the Trustee and the Issuers are authorized to execute and deliver this
Supplemental Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for good and valuable consideration, the
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Issuers, the Additional Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

SECTION 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the
Indenture. 
 SECTION 2. Guarantees. The Additional Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all
other Guarantors, to guarantee the Issuers’ obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture (including Article
11). 
 SECTION 3. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended
hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every
holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 SECTION 4. Governing Law.
THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

  
 SECTION 5. Trustee
Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 SECTION 6. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 SECTION 7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not effect the
construction of this Supplemental Indenture. 

  
 2 

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the parties have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	HEXION U.S. FINANCE CORP.,
		
	    by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	HEXION NOVA SCOTIA FINANCE, ULC,
		
	    by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	MOMENTIVE SPECIALTY CHEMICALS INC.,
		
	    by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	[ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR],
		
	    by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

	
	WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
		
	    by	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00181-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00181-of-00352.parquet"}]]